WO2023020550A1 - 基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质 - Google Patents

基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023020550A1
WO2023020550A1 PCT/CN2022/113097 CN2022113097W WO2023020550A1 WO 2023020550 A1 WO2023020550 A1 WO 2023020550A1 CN 2022113097 W CN2022113097 W CN 2022113097W WO 2023020550 A1 WO2023020550 A1 WO 2023020550A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
document
online document
business
processing
node
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/113097
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王长铭
杨帆
张琳娜
林炳锡
郭昌钰
刘芳
刘自升
兰天
刘发宾
张正哲
侯思宇
王垚
Original Assignee
北京字跳网络技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 filed Critical 北京字跳网络技术有限公司
Priority to EP22857861.3A priority Critical patent/EP4345718A4/en
Priority to JP2023580867A priority patent/JP2024528544A/ja
Publication of WO2023020550A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023020550A1/zh
Priority to US18/397,951 priority patent/US20240126901A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/18File system types
    • G06F16/182Distributed file systems
    • G06F16/1824Distributed file systems implemented using Network-attached Storage [NAS] architecture
    • G06F16/1827Management specifically adapted to NAS
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/103Formatting, i.e. changing of presentation of documents
    • G06F40/106Display of layout of documents; Previewing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/11File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
    • G06F16/113Details of archiving
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/13File access structures, e.g. distributed indices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/18File system types
    • G06F16/182Distributed file systems
    • G06F16/1824Distributed file systems implemented using Network-attached Storage [NAS] architecture
    • G06F16/183Provision of network file services by network file servers, e.g. by using NFS, CIFS
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/93Document management systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/95Retrieval from the web
    • G06F16/955Retrieval from the web using information identifiers, e.g. uniform resource locators [URL]
    • G06F16/9558Details of hyperlinks; Management of linked annotations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/60Protecting data
    • G06F21/604Tools and structures for managing or administering access control systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/60Protecting data
    • G06F21/62Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
    • G06F21/6209Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules to a single file or object, e.g. in a secure envelope, encrypted and accessed using a key, or with access control rules appended to the object itself
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/12Use of codes for handling textual entities
    • G06F40/123Storage facilities
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/445Program loading or initiating
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • G06Q10/101Collaborative creation, e.g. joint development of products or services
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • G06Q10/103Workflow collaboration or project management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/06Protocols specially adapted for file transfer, e.g. file transfer protocol [FTP]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2221/00Indexing scheme relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F2221/21Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/00 and subgroups addressing additional information or applications relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F2221/2141Access rights, e.g. capability lists, access control lists, access tables, access matrices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/197Version control

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the technical field of information processing, and in particular to an online document-based business processing method, device, terminal and storage medium.
  • the disclosure provides an online document-based service processing method, device, terminal and storage medium.
  • the present disclosure adopts the following technical solutions.
  • the present disclosure provides an information processing method, including:
  • the present disclosure provides an online document-based business processing method, including:
  • the service data to be processed is processed according to the first online document.
  • the present disclosure provides an online document-based data processing method, including: creating a business data template in response to a first creation event, wherein the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow , in the generated business processing form or business processing flow, there is a control for associating online documents.
  • the present disclosure provides an information processing device, including:
  • a determining unit configured to determine the first application
  • a creating unit configured to establish an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document
  • the control unit is configured to perform a first process on the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program.
  • the present disclosure provides an online document-based business processing device, including:
  • a display unit configured to display business data to be processed in response to the first operation, wherein the business data to be processed has an association relationship with the first online document;
  • a processing unit configured to process the service data to be processed according to the first online document in response to the second operation.
  • the present disclosure provides an online document-based data processing apparatus, comprising:
  • the creation unit is configured to create a business data template in response to the first creation event; the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow, and in the generated business processing form or business processing flow, there is a function for associating the online Document controls.
  • the present disclosure provides a terminal, including: at least one memory and at least one processor;
  • the memory is used to store program codes
  • the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above method.
  • the present disclosure provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used for storing program code, and the program code is used for executing the above-mentioned method.
  • the information processing method provided in the present disclosure includes: determining a first application program; establishing an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document; and performing first processing on the first online document according to relevant information of the first application program.
  • the information processing method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can process the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program, so that the data processing of the first online document can adapt to the business logic of the first application program itself, Make the data carried by the first online document or the processing of the data reflect or adapt to the business logic of the first application program, so that on the one hand, when using the first application program for business processing, the online collaboration of the first online document can be used, etc.
  • an online document-based business processing method is proposed.
  • the business data has an association relationship with the first online document, and the business data to be processed is processed according to the first online document, so that the business data is processed.
  • Being able to refer to online documents makes the process of business processing more convenient, uses the diffusion of online documents to reduce the storage resources required for business data processing, and improves the convenience of data modification.
  • a business data template is created, and the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow, and in the generated business processing form or business processing flow, there is a
  • the control of the online document can generate a business processing form or a business processing flow associated with the online document through the business data template, so that the business processing form or the business processing flow is associated with the online document, and the convenience of processing is improved.
  • Fig. 1 is a flowchart of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a service data template according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a service data template according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of displaying service data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 5 is a flowchart of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic display diagram of an object communication program according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic display diagram of an object communication program according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of changes in a document display area according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of non-full-screen and full-screen display of a first online document in business data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of an information processing device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 11 is a flowchart of an information processing method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 12 is a flow chart of the approval process and filing process in the related art.
  • Fig. 13 is a flowchart of an approval and filing process provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an information processing device provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an information processing method of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of a process flow according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 17 shows a schematic diagram of process design according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 20 is some modules of an information processing device in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the term “comprise” and its variations are open-ended, ie “including but not limited to”.
  • the term “based on” is “based at least in part on”.
  • the term “one embodiment” means “at least one embodiment”; the term “another embodiment” means “at least one further embodiment”; the term “some embodiments” means “at least some embodiments.” Relevant definitions of other terms will be given in the description below.
  • Step 1 Identify the first application.
  • the first application program may be associated with the first business logic, and the first application program may process business data of the first application program according to the first business logic.
  • the first business logic may include one or more of a processing sequence, a processing flow, and a processing method set in the first application program for processing the business data of the first application program.
  • Step 2 Establish an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document.
  • the first online document may be added to the first application program, or the first online document may be added to the first application program.
  • a link to an online document, or automatically displaying the content of the first online document when the first application program is opened, is not limited thereto.
  • the first online document may be a text document or a form document, or a mixed document of the text document and the form document.
  • the form of the online document in the present disclosure is not limited, for example, it may be a text document, a table document, a multimedia document, and the like.
  • the application program includes a series of instructions and/or data sets running on electronic devices such as personal computers (PCs), mobile terminals, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented display (AR) devices, etc., to provide specific services , or perform preset data processing.
  • PCs personal computers
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented display
  • Step 3 Perform a first process on the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program.
  • the first processing can be performed on the first online document according to the identification, type, and information related to the business node of the first application program, such as setting the owner of the first online document, assigning rights to the first online document, etc. , by processing the first online document according to the first application’s identification, type, and business node-related information, so that the data processing of the first online document can adapt to the business logic of the first application itself, so that the online
  • the data carried by the document can reflect or adapt the business logic, so that on the one hand, when using the first application program for business processing, the convenience of online collaboration of the online document can be utilized, and the collaboration and openness of the online document can also be avoided. Business logic is destroyed, improving service reliability.
  • performing the first processing on the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program includes at least one of the following: performing the first processing on the first online document according to the service node of the first application program At least one of display information, authority information, and internally carried content data is processed; according to the personnel information associated with the business node of the first application, the first online document can be displayed for the personnel (personnel in the personnel information) Process at least one of content, display format, and authority information; generate the first online document according to the first application data associated with the service node of the first application, or generate the first online document carried in the first online document Content data is processed.
  • the display information of the first online document may include, for example, information such as the display size, display range, and display position of the first online document
  • the permission information of the first online document may include, for example, reading permission and editing permission.
  • the data carried inside an online document may include the data displayed and accessible data in the first online document.
  • the first application program may have an associated business process, and the business process may include one or more business nodes. According to the current business node, at least one of display information, permission information, and internally carried content data is processed, so that different business Nodes can have different display information, authority information, and internally carried content data, so that the display of the first online document can match the needs of service nodes, and meet the needs of authority control and content control of different service nodes.
  • a business node may have one or more associated personnel, and personnel information may include the associated person's position, responsible business data, and so on.
  • the service data associated with the service node may include, for example, items that the service node needs to process. Processing the displayable content of the first online document according to the personnel information associated with the business node can prevent the information leakage of the first online document, and processing the display format can make the display format of the first online document consistent with the display format used by the associated personnel matching, thereby improving the reading experience, and processing the permission information can prevent tampering with the data of the first online document.
  • the first application data associated with the service node may be the data that the service node needs to process.
  • Generating the first online document or processing the content data carried by it according to the first application data can make the first online document
  • the data in the document reflects the content of the service node.
  • the first application data associated with the service node may be recorded in the content data carried in the first online document, such as the processing results of the personnel of the service node on the first online document.
  • the document for displaying the first online document is displayed on the display interface of the first application program display area.
  • the display interface of the first application program may be a display interface displaying the business data of the first application program, and a document display area is displayed on the display interface of the first application program, and the first online
  • the first online document can be viewed at any time, so as to refer to the content of the first online document in real time.
  • the document display area can present the content of the first online document, and can browse the content of the first online document according to the operation.
  • the size of the document display area may not be able to present all the content of the first online document at one time, so the content of the first online document can be browsed according to the operation, so that users can view the first online document according to their needs.
  • the content of the first online document can be the first Content data hosted by an online document.
  • the display size and/or position of the document display area in the display interface can be adjusted. In some embodiments, the display size of the document display area can be adjusted when it is in the unfolded state. In some embodiments, the business data of the first application program can be displayed on the display interface, and the document display area can be displayed on the display interface, and The position and size of the document display area can be adjusted as required, so that it is convenient for the user to display as required.
  • an object such as a View class can be set in the display interface as a display container, and the display container has an initial height and a maximum height, and an inline frame (such as an iframe component) is set in the display container, and the inline frame is displayed as a document Area, through the object of the View class as an operation element, the position of the document display area can be changed by controlling the display container.
  • the first event is triggered by clicking the operation element. At this time, it enters the drag mode and can record the position of the control mark at this time.
  • Dragging or sliding in the drag mode triggers the size adjustment event, and the control mark obtained in the size adjustment event position, calculate the position difference between the obtained position and the position when entering the drag mode (such as the position difference in the height or width of the document display area), and calculate according to the position difference and the size of the display container (such as height or width) Get the size of the adjusted display container, and check the safety threshold of the adjusted size. If it exceeds the maximum threshold or is smaller than the minimum threshold, make the adjusted size equal to the maximum threshold or the minimum threshold, and then set the size of the display container For the adjusted size, the last size when the control symbol is stopped can be used as the size of the display container, and the dragging mode ends.
  • the size adjustment frequency of the document display area is not higher than the first preset frequency.
  • the size adjustment frequency may be the number of size adjustments per unit time.
  • the unit time may be, for example, 1 second or other durations.
  • the size adjustment frequency is the number of times the size of the document display area is adjusted, and the size adjustment frequency is limited to not high It is based on the first preset frequency, which prevents too many adjustments per unit time, causing freezes, and when the size adjustment frequency per unit time is higher than the first preset frequency, it also means that the adjustment is probably not performed by the user , because the speed at which human hands can adjust will not be too fast, so it is not necessary to respond to the size adjustment operation exceeding the first preset frequency.
  • the display interface when the frequency of adjusting the size of the document display area exceeds the second preset frequency, the display interface is not refreshed. In this way, the resource consumption is reduced by reducing the refresh times of the display interface, and when the size adjustment frequency exceeds the frequency threshold, the human eyes can hardly detect the size change. Therefore, the display interface may not be refreshed.
  • the document display area when the length of the document display area in the first direction is greater than a preset length, in response to a first preset operation, the document display area is adjusted according to the first preset operation length in the first direction.
  • the first direction of the document display area can be the height direction (vertical direction) or the width direction (landscape direction).
  • the first side of the document display area can be the head of the document display area, and the second side can be the document display area.
  • the first operation can be performed to reduce the display size of the document display area.
  • the first preset operation may be an operation of scrolling the mouse wheel, for example, quickly retracting the document display area by scrolling the mouse wheel upward.
  • the display size of the document display area can be directly reduced by directly executing the first preset operation.
  • the document display area can be reduced after the first preset operation is performed. When the length in the first direction reaches the preset stop length, stop shrinking the length in the first direction.
  • it further includes: changing the style of the control mark in response to the control mark moving to the first side or the second side of the document display area, after the style of the control mark is changed, the It is used to change the position of the first side or the second side so as to change the size of the document display area.
  • the control mark can be a mouse, and the first side or the second side can be respectively the top and bottom sides of the document display area, and can be the side that moves to the document display area in response to the control mark after the document display area is selected.
  • change the style of the control mark You can select the document display area by hovering the control mark over the document display area for a preset period of time.
  • moving to the first side or the second side may mean moving to the first Within the preset range of the side, for example, a hot zone can be set for the first side or the second side, and when the control mark moves to the hot zone of the first side or the second side, it is determined that the control mark has moved to the first side or the second side , when the control logo moves to the first side or the second side, it indicates that the user wants to adjust the first side or the second side, so the style of the control logo changes, and the user can know that at this time
  • the first side or the second side can be controlled, and the position of the first side or the second side can be changed through the control mark after the change occurs, so that the user can freely adjust the size of the document display area.
  • the document display area has a collapsed state and an expanded state, and the document display area can be switched between the collapsed state and the expanded state.
  • the collapsed state may only display brief information such as the name of the first online document, the category of the first online document, and the modification date of the first online document without displaying specific content.
  • the document display area The display size may be a preset minimum value
  • the expanded state may be a state of displaying more content of the first online document.
  • the content data carried by the first online document when the document display area is in the expanded state, is displayed For example, it may be a state of displaying at least part of the content carried by the first online document, and when the document display area is in the collapsed state, the content data carried by the first online document may be hidden, that is, the content data carried by the first online document may not be displayed,
  • the size of the document display area in the expanded state is larger than that in the collapsed state, and the display size in the expanded state can be set or have a default value.
  • the document display area has an associated display control identifier
  • the display control identifier can be a control
  • the display control identifier can be displayed in the document display area, or can be displayed at a fixed position on the display interface of the first application program, for example It is always fixed at the top or bottom of the screen and does not change its position with the content of the display interface.
  • the preset position of the display interface can be fixed all the time, the preset position can be pre-configured or specified by the user at any time, and the display interface can be automatically positioned to the document display area after the display control sign is triggered, In this way, no matter where the user is on the display interface, the user can quickly locate the document display area.
  • the document display area When the document display area is in the unfolded state, the document display area can be collapsed by triggering the display control mark; Trigger the display control flag to expand the document display area.
  • the content of the first online document can be displayed in the unfolded state, and related information such as title and author can also be displayed, and the content of the first online document can be hidden in the collapsed state, and the first online document can be displayed abbreviated information for .
  • the thumbnail information may include title, author, etc., for example.
  • the size range of the document display area is preset; the control method includes: determining the target size according to the operation of adjusting the document display area, and adjusting the display size of the document display area according to the target size; if the target size is greater than the maximum value of the size range, the size of the document display area is set to the maximum value of the size range; or, if the target size is smaller than the minimum value of the size range, the size of the document display area is set to is the minimum value of the stated size range.
  • the target size is first determined according to the adjustment operation. If the target size is within the size range, the display size of the document display area can be directly adjusted to the target size.
  • the display size of the document display area is set to the maximum or minimum value of the size range. Setting the size range can prevent the document display area from being adjusted too large or too small, resulting in insufficient use of the display area.
  • the display size of the document display area is determined in the following manner: a reference size is determined according to the amount of content data carried by the first online document; if the reference size is within a preset size range , then set the display size of the document display area according to the reference size; if the reference size is greater than the maximum value of the size range, set the display size of the document display area according to the maximum value of the size range.
  • the method for determining the display size of the document display area described above can be used to determine the display size of the document display area in the expanded state, and specifically can be used to determine that the display size of the document display area has not been adjusted. During operation, the display size of the document display area.
  • the display size of the document display area can be determined based on the amount of data carried by the first online document.
  • the display size of the document display area can be automatically adjusted, and a preset size range can be set at the same time To prevent the excessively large display size of the document display area from affecting the user's viewing of other content of the first application program.
  • processing the permission information of the first online document includes: in response to establishing the association relationship, or using the first application program to process the first online document, The ownership of the first online document is assigned to the first application program.
  • processing the permission information of the first online document includes: in response to establishing the association relationship, or using the first application program to process the first online document, The ownership of the first online document is assigned to the first application program.
  • when establishing the association relationship, or using the first application program to perform preset processing it may include when processing starts, during processing, when processing ends, or within a preset time period after processing ends.
  • the process of processing the first application it is necessary to ensure that the first document data will not be modified by users irrelevant to the first application, so when establishing an association relationship, or when processing the first
  • the ownership of the first online document is given to the first application program, so as to prevent the first online document from being tampered with.
  • the associated personnel are given preset permissions, and other personnel other than the associated personnel are prohibited from having preset permissions (such as editing permissions), or in Set the effectiveness of the preset authority of the preset personnel according to the processing stage, for example, the editing authority of the person who has the editing authority of the current business processing node is valid, and other personnel do not have the editing authority, or the editing authority is invalid in the business processing stage.
  • processing the permission information of the first online document includes: after performing the first processing on the first online document, giving the ownership of the first online document to the second online document
  • the creator of the business data of the first application may be the original owner of the first online document, and after the business data of the first application is processed, the ownership is returned from the first application to the creator. people.
  • the creator after assigning ownership to the first application, the creator may retain read permissions, but no edit permissions, to the first online document.
  • the creator is not the original owner of the first online document. Therefore, after the first processing is performed on the first online document, the ownership of the first online document needs to be returned to the original owner.
  • the original owner is Holder of ownership of the first profile prior to the establishment of the affiliation.
  • processing the authority information of the first online document includes: after associating the first online document with the filing address of the document storage center, linking the first online document to Ownership of is given to the preset person.
  • the first online document before, during or after the first processing of the first online document, the first online document will be associated with the filing address of the document storage center, for example, the first online document will be stored in the filing address of the document storage center Address
  • the preset person may be a manager of the document storage center, and by assigning the ownership to the preset person or the preset program, the first online document can be prevented from being tampered with after being archived.
  • processing the authority information of the first online document includes: according to the operation type of the operation of the service node and/or the operation of the associated personnel of the service node, adjusting the information related to the first online document permission information.
  • the first online document can be processed according to the business process associated with the first application, and the business process can include one or more business nodes, and the permission information of the first online document can be related to the current business node, for example, for The business node that performs the approval operation can open the reading permission, and the reading permission can not be opened for the business node that does not need to use the first online document.
  • the permission information of the first online document can be related to the operation of the associated personnel of the current business node For example, if the associated personnel of the current business node reject the processing request of the business data associated with the first online document, the editing authority of the associated personnel to the first online document can be closed. If the current business node’s The associated person performs a handover operation on the business data associated with the first online document to another person, and may open the reading authority of the first online document to the person to be handed over.
  • the authority information related to the first online document is adjusted, including the following (a)-(d) At least one of:
  • the owner of the first online document after the owner of the first online document is assigned to the first application program, if the first processing is performed, the owner of the first online document can be modified according to the first processing, for example, the first The owner of the online document is changed from the first application program to another program or person, so that the ownership of the first online document meets the needs of business processing.
  • the preset document authority may be the authority to the first online document, such as reading authority or editing authority, and the preset document authority may be revoked by performing the first processing, Therefore, it is possible to prevent the first online document from being tampered with or to meet specific security requirements after the first online document is modified.
  • (c) In response to the third processing of the current service node, grant the second person the corresponding authority to the first online document based on the first person's authority to the first online document, and reserve the first person's authority to the The authority of the first online document, or withdrawing the authority of the first person to the first online document, or changing the authority of the first person to the first online document.
  • the first personnel include personnel associated with the current service node, and the second personnel include personnel associated with the third process.
  • the authority of the first online document can be given to the second person, so that when the second person is required to assist in processing the first online document, it is convenient for the second person to process the first online document Such as reading and other operations.
  • the fourth process may be associated with a person.
  • the fourth process may be a sharing process.
  • the associated person may be given a preset document permission.
  • the preset document permission may be, for example, a read permission.
  • reservation may be to keep all permissions unchanged, or to keep some permissions unchanged, and retraction may be all withdrawals, or partial withdrawals, changes, and changes may be all permissions, or partial changes, including changing permissions type, validity period, etc.
  • the authority information related to the first online document is adjusted, including the following (a)-(i) At least one of:
  • the creator of the business data when the creator of the business data revokes the processing request of the business data, there is no need for the associated personnel of the business node to process the business data. Therefore, the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document will be withdrawn. To prevent the first online document from being tampered with.
  • the ownership of the first online document may be given to the creator or returned to the owner of the first online document before the association relationship is established, and The authority of the personnel of all business nodes to the first online document can be withdrawn.
  • the ownership of the document may also be given to the creator after the processing request of the business data is rejected.
  • the authority of another person should not exceed the authority of the transferor, and the document authority granted to another person can be the same as the right of the associated person of the current business node to the first online document, that is, it can
  • the authority of the personnel of the business node is applied to another person, and the document authority granted to the other person may also be a subset of the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document.
  • the authority of the associated personnel of the service node to the first online document may be reserved.
  • the associated personnel of the added business node may need to access or edit the first online document, so it may be necessary to give them corresponding permissions to the first online document, but since it is a business node
  • the business node created by the associated personnel of so its authority to the first online document should not exceed that of the associated personnel of the business node.
  • the authority of the personnel associated with the business node to the first online document is retained or changed.
  • the associated personnel of the removed business node no longer process the business data of the first application program, so it is necessary to withdraw the authority granted to the associated personnel of the removed business node Or change the authority of the associated personnel of the removed service node, for example, change the authority of the associated personnel of the removed service node to the first online document from editing authority to reading authority.
  • the associated personnel located at the fallback service node may be given permissions.
  • the associated personnel of the previous business node may be given the document authority to the first online document, which may be to assign the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document All or part of the permissions of the document are applied to the associated personnel of the previous business node.
  • the business data can be copied or shared, and the third person who is copied or shared has a preset permission on the first online document in the business data of the first application program, and the preset permission can be, for example, read permission , so that the third person can perform the operation on the first online document based on the preset authority, so as to perform business processing based on the operation on the first online document.
  • associated personnel in the current service node who have editing authority on the first online document can edit the first online document
  • Associated personnel other than the current service node or associated personnel who do not have the editing authority of the first online document cannot edit the first online document.
  • the validity period of the authority of the associated personnel of the service node to the first online document is related to the duration of the service node. The authority of the document is valid, and outside the processing period of the business node, the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document is invalid or changed to other authority.
  • the editing authority of the first online document is only open to personnel with editing authority in the current business node.
  • the current business node can edit the first online document.
  • the online document is edited, and the person who edits the first online document must have the editing authority of the first online document.
  • the authority of the person assigned to the business node can be revoked, or The permission to the first online document may be changed to read permission.
  • the person who is not the current business node has the permission to read or edit the first online document, he or she can read the first online document while processing the business data of the first application program. It cannot be edited. If there is no reading permission, the first online document cannot be consulted.
  • the reading permission of the relevant personnel can understand the relevant information of business processing, and by invalidating the editing permission or changing it to the reading permission based on the business processing process , to prevent business data from being tampered with.
  • a person associated with a business node has editing authority on the first online document
  • his editing authority on the first online document can be changed to
  • the reading authority may specify that the editing authority of the first online document is only enabled when the business processing node of the associated person is the current business processing node, and only the reading authority may be enabled at other times.
  • At least one of the following methods is used to open the authority of the first online document for the personnel associated with the business node: adding the personnel associated with the business node as the first online document the collaborator of the document, and grant preset permissions; or, enable the link sharing function of the first online document, and the link sharing function is used to indicate that the user who obtained the sharing link of the first online document has a preset permission, the user who obtains the shared link accesses the first online document based on the access restriction condition shared by the link.
  • access restriction conditions may include entering a preset password to access, or user attributes meeting preset conditions to access, for example, only when the user's associated organization ID, department ID, etc. meet preset conditions.
  • the authority of the associated personnel of the service node to the first online document is revoked.
  • the authority to the first online document is revoked, and the authority of each person to the first online document can be restored to the state before the first application is determined, thereby preventing associated personnel from accessing the first online document tampering.
  • the content data carried by the first online document includes processing summary information, wherein the processing summary information is used to represent information related to the business processing.
  • the processing summary information may be information related to business processing, and the relevant information of the business processing represented by the processing summary information includes at least one of the following: processing node or link of the first application program, processing progress information, processing time information, processing personnel information, document change record of the first online document.
  • processing flow of the first application program and the status of each processing node can be understood through the processing summary information, so that the associated personnel of the current service node can refer to the processing summary information to process the first online document.
  • processing the content data carried by the first online document includes: processing the business data according to the associated personnel of the first application business node Action to update the processing summary information.
  • the processing summary information is related to the processing of the processing node, and the processing summary information may change with the processing of the processing node, so that the processing summary information can reflect the processing of the first online document.
  • processing the content data carried by the first online document includes: displaying the processing summary information in the first online document or processing
  • the link of summary information can update the processing summary information according to the processing operation of the related personnel of the current service node on the business data.
  • the processing summary information may be directly displayed in the first online document, or a link to the processing summary information may be displayed, and the processing summary information may be displayed after the link is triggered.
  • processing the content data carried by the first online document includes: displaying in the first online document the current The part where the associated personnel of the business node has viewing authority can update the processing summary information according to the processing operation of the business data by the associated personnel of the current business node.
  • there may be processing summary information in the first online document but whether to display the processing summary information needs to be determined according to the authority of the personnel associated with the current business node, and only the part that the personnel associated with the current processing node has viewing authority is displayed.
  • processing the summary information includes: displaying a second document or a link to the second document in the first online document, the second document being used for The processing summary information is recorded, and the second document may be updated according to the processing operation of the business data by the associated personnel of the current business node.
  • the processing summary information may be displayed in a second document, and the second document may be displayed in, or linked to, the first online document.
  • processing the summary information according to the current processing node includes: displaying the processing summary information in the first online document after the first processing on the first online document is completed middle.
  • the processing summary information may not be displayed during the processing of the first online document, and the processing summary information may be displayed after the processing is completed, so as to realize the complete display of information.
  • establishing the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document includes: in response to the operation of establishing the association relationship, determining whether the creator of the business data of the first application program is is the owner of the first online document; if yes, establish the association relationship; if not, display prompt information.
  • the first processing is performed on the business data of the first online document according to the information related to the business node of the first application, so it is necessary to ensure that there is sufficient authority for the first online document, and based on this, the first application is required to The creator of the business data of the first application has the highest authority to the first online document, so only when the creator of the business data of the first application is the owner of the first online document, can the first application and the first online Document association relationship, otherwise, the association relationship cannot be established, and a prompt message will be displayed.
  • the association relationship in response to the operation of establishing the association relationship, it is determined whether the creator of the business data of the first application has authorization granted by the owner of the first online document; if so, Then establish the association relationship; if not, display prompt information.
  • the association between the first application program and the first online document can be established; otherwise, the association cannot be established, and a prompt message can be displayed.
  • At least one of the following is displayed in the prompt information: the communication method of the owner of the first online document, the business card of the owner of the first online document, and the information used to contact the owner after being triggered. control of the owner of the first online document, an entry for applying to the owner for transferring ownership, and an entry for applying to the owner for associating the first online document with the first application program.
  • the creator of the business data of the first application program is not the owner of the first online document, the relationship between the first application program and the first online document cannot be established. Therefore, the first online document can be displayed at this time.
  • Information about the owner of the document so as to facilitate contact with the owner of the first online document, so as to obtain the ownership of the first online document, and then realize the association between the first application program and the first online document, or display the application for transfer of ownership or apply to everyone to associate the first online document with the first application program, thereby shortening the creator's operation path.
  • it further includes: in response to the triggering of the entry for applying for transfer of ownership, or the triggering of the entry for applying for associating the first online document with the first application program, sending to the owner Sending a notification message, where the notification message includes at least one of the following: information of the first application program, information of the first online document, and remark information of the creator.
  • the entry for applying for transferring ownership after the entry for applying for transferring ownership is triggered, apply to the owner for transferring the ownership of the first online document, and after the entry for applying for associating the first online document with the first application is triggered, apply to the owner Associating the first online document with the first application, so in order to facilitate the owner to determine whether to transfer ownership and whether to associate the first online document with the first application, it is necessary to send the owner of the first online document
  • the notification message is used to facilitate the owner of the ownership of the first online document to determine whether to transfer the ownership of the first online document and whether to associate the first online document with the first application.
  • establishing the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document may include: adding the first online document in the display interface of the first application program or preconfiguring the first application program Association relationship with the first online document.
  • the display interface of the first application program may be the display interface of the business data of the first application program, that is, the first online document may be added to the business data of the first application program, or the first online document may be added to the display interface.
  • Linking to an online document or directly displaying the content of the first online document may preconfigure the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document according to system or user settings.
  • establishing the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document further includes: determining a first archive address associated with the business data template of the first application program, wherein the The first filing address is the filing address of the document storage center, the first filing address is used to associate with the target online document, and the target online document is the online document associated with the business data established based on the business data template; When the opportunity is preset, the first online document is associated with the first filing address.
  • a business data template may be pre-established, for example, the background administrator of the system configures the business data template, and the business data template may be configured with an associated filing address, so that the processing request of the business data established based on the business data template , the associated first online documents are all stored in the specified filing address, so that specified types of business data, such as specified types of approval forms, can be automatically filed to the filing address, avoiding manual selection by the associated personnel of the processing node resulting in a filing error.
  • establishing the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document further includes: in response to the operation of adding the first online document in the display interface of the first application program, displaying the document storage The archive address selection page of the center, according to the selected second archive address, associates the first online document with the second archive address when a preset timing is reached.
  • the filing address can be manually selected by associated personnel, and the first online document can be stored in the second filing address.
  • the first filing address of the online document can be set in the business data template
  • the second archive address is determined based on the first archive address
  • the second archive address can be a sub-address in the first archive address, for example, the first archive address can be a larger range
  • the second archive address is selected within the first archive address the address of. Therefore, it can not only ensure that the archive address is relatively accurate, but also maintain a certain degree of flexibility.
  • the preset timing includes: reaching or completing a preset service node of the first application program. For example, reaching the archiving node, such as reaching the preset filing time after the approval is completed, or completing the business data processing request, such as completing the approval request.
  • the first online document can be stored only when the business process reaches the preset business node, so as to realize periodic saving, which can be used as data preservation during processing, and is convenient for data verification later.
  • the method further includes: in response to the creation operation, setting the document authority of the business node of the first application program and the personnel associated with the business node.
  • the creation operation may be, for example, the operation of creating the business data of the first application program.
  • the first application program may include one or more business nodes, and the business nodes may be associated with personnel, and the associated personnel It may be a processing person who processes the business data of the first application program, such as an auditor. Different business nodes or different personnel may have different document rights to the first online document, and the document rights may be rights to the first online document, for example, may be divided into reading rights and editing rights.
  • the role of the associated personnel sets the Document permissions for associated persons. For example, if the function of the business node is auditing, you can only enable the document permission for reading. If the function of the business node includes data processing, you can enable the document permission for editing.
  • the role of the associated personnel can be, for example, Audit role, data processing role, etc.
  • the first application has a type, and the type can correspond to a degree of confidentiality. For example, different levels can be set for different types of applications, and different levels can be set for personnel , the first type of application corresponds to level 1. For the online documents associated with level 1 applications, level 1 personnel have editing rights to them; for the online documents associated with level 2 applications, level 1 personnel have permission to edit It only has read access.
  • before determining the first application it further includes: creating a business data template, in which there is a control for adding online documents; all or part of the first application
  • the business data is established based on the business data template.
  • a business data template is pre-established. Based on the business data template, part or all of the business data of the first application program can be established, and the first online document can be added based on the control of the online document.
  • the first online document is processed based on the information related to the business node of the first application, wherein the information related to the business node includes at least one of the following: the business node, the information about the personnel associated with the business node, The business data associated with the business node.
  • the service node-related information may record which service nodes (service nodes), persons associated with the service node, such as handlers, and service data to be processed at the service node.
  • the following processing may be included: after the first personnel have processed all After the first online document, before the start of the second business node associated with the first person, if the content of the first online document changes, the first person still needs to be in the second business
  • the node processes the first online document; or, after the first person processes the first online document at the associated first business node, before the second business node associated with the first person starts , if the content of the first online document remains unchanged, the first person does not need to process the first online document at the second service node.
  • the first person is associated with at least two business nodes, so he processes the first online document at the first business node, and if the first online document does not change before the start of the second business node, then the It is no longer processed repeatedly, thereby reducing the waste of manpower. If the first online document changes, for example, a person edits the first online document, it still needs to be processed at the second service node later.
  • the content of the first online document can be related to its version number, so it can be determined based on the version number of the first online document whether the content of the first online document has changed, so that there is no need to update the first online document If the version number of the first online document changes, it is determined that the content of the first online document has changed; or, if the version number of the first online document does not change, it is determined that The content of the first online document has not changed.
  • the first application is associated with the first business logic, and the first application processes the business data of the first application according to the first business logic, and processes the business data of the first application.
  • the first processing performed by the first online document is related to the first business logic.
  • the first business logic of the first application program may include at least one of a processing flow, a processing rule, and the like of the first application program.
  • a first process is performed on the first online document according to information related to the service node.
  • different service nodes may have different functions in the business logic, and different service nodes may need to perform different processing on the first online document, and perform the first processing on the first online document based on information related to the service node, The processing of the first online document is matched with the business logic.
  • the first application program may have multiple presentation forms, such as an independent application program, or a subroutine, applet, etc. embedded or based on other programs.
  • the first application program may be an applet of the target communication software.
  • the information processing method further includes: displaying the business data of the first application program in a control of the target communication software of the processing personnel of the business node of the first application program.
  • the target communication software can be pre-set to communicate with the first application program, so that the business data of the first application program can be displayed in the target communication software, so that for users who do not have the first application program The authorized user can process the business data of the first application program through the target communication software.
  • some personnel may not have the access authority of the first application program and cannot submit the business data of the first application program. With the help of the authority diffusion capability of the online document, users without authority can complete the submission of business data.
  • the first application program may be an approval program, and the information related to the business node includes more than one approval node, and the personnel associated with the approval node, such as the approver, copy person, and bill of lading personnel (the person making the application for approval), etc.
  • the approval procedure may be a business approval procedure, such as a qualification approval procedure, a contract approval procedure, and the like.
  • the first application program may be a reporting program
  • the information related to the business node includes more than one reporting node and the personnel associated with the reporting node, such as the reporting object and the cc of the reporting wait.
  • the first application program includes a project management program
  • the information related to the business node includes more than one project processing node and/or personnel associated with the project processing node.
  • the project management program may be an enterprise internal project management program.
  • an online document-based business processing method including: displaying business data to be processed in response to the first operation, wherein the business data to be processed is related to the first online document There is an association relationship; in response to the second operation, the business data to be processed is processed according to the first online document.
  • the approval processing method based on online documents can be used in terminals such as servers, computers, tablets, and mobile phones.
  • the first operation can include one or more data, for example, it can be the operation of opening a processing program for business data, and the processing program can be Approval program, after the first operation is performed, the business data to be processed is displayed.
  • the business data to be processed can be, for example, business data that needs to be approved.
  • the current user can be the approver who approves the business data.
  • the current user can execute
  • the second operation is to perform processes such as approval, refusal, and return to the previous node on the business data based on the first online document.
  • the diffusion capability of the online document is utilized to facilitate the user to process the service data.
  • processing the business data to be processed according to the first online document includes: the second operation is performed based on the first online document, and the first online
  • the content and/or authority information of the document is related to the service node where the service data to be processed is located and/or the associated personnel of the service node.
  • the second operation may be an operation based on the first online document, such as consent, refusal, transfer to other personnel, etc.
  • the first online document provides an operational reference for the second operation, the content of the first online document and For the specific processing manner of the authority information, reference may be made to the specific solutions disclosed in other parts of the present disclosure, which will not be repeated here.
  • an online document-based data processing method includes:
  • a business data template is created, wherein the business data template may have controls for associating online documents, and the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow, and the generated business data template In processing forms or business processes, there are controls for associating online documents.
  • business data templates can be used to create business data. Since the business data templates have controls for adding online documents, the business processing forms and business processing processes created based on the business data templates can be compared with those added through the controls.
  • the method proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure can construct a business processing form or a business processing flow associated with the first online document by constructing a business data template, so as to facilitate the processing of the business processing form or business processing flow The personnel process the business data based on the first online document.
  • creating an event creating a business process flow based on the business data template, and associating the business process flow with the first online document through the control.
  • the first creation event and the second creation event may include one or more operations
  • the business data module may be any of the business data templates mentioned in this disclosure. Since the business data template has controls associated with online documents, it can Use controls to associate the created business processing form with the first online document, or associate the business processing process created based on business data targets with the first online document, so as to make use of the spreading ability and easy-to-share features of online documents to facilitate users Process the business processing form or business processing flow.
  • creating the business data template in response to the first creation event, includes: in response to the authority setting event, determining the operation authority of the associated personnel of the business processing node of the business data template on the online document, wherein , the business processing node is associated with the business data template, and the operation authority is applied to the online documents added through the control of the business data template.
  • the permission setting event may be a part of the first creation event.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure may be used in the application scenario of the management background. In this application scenario, it is necessary to set the business data template of the business processing node.
  • the operation authority of the document is not limited to a specific online document, the operation authority is applied to the online documents added through the control of the business data template, regardless of which online document is added, so that the authority The management relies on the business data template, and is not restricted by specific online documents, which improves the uniformity and convenience of authority control.
  • creating a business data template in response to a first creation event includes: determining a first archive address associated with the business data template in response to an address setting event; wherein, the first archive address is the address of the document storage center, and the first filing address is used to associate with the target online document, and the target online document is the online document associated through the control.
  • the first filing address is selected when creating the business data template, so that the online document associated with the control can file the online document to the first filing address at a preset time, so that the filing of the document depends on the business data template, Online documents added through business data templates are stored uniformly.
  • An information processing device including: a determining unit, configured to determine a first application program; a creating unit, configured to establish an association relationship between the first application program and a first online document; a control unit configured to The first processing is performed on the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure also proposes an online document-based business processing device, including:
  • a display unit configured to display business data to be processed in response to the first operation, wherein the business data to be processed has an association relationship with the first online document;
  • a processing unit configured to process the service data to be processed according to the first online document in response to the second operation.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure also proposes an online document-based data processing device, including:
  • a creating unit configured to create a business data template in response to the first creation event
  • the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow, and the generated business processing form or business processing flow has controls for associating online documents.
  • information processing methods include:
  • S11 Create business data in response to the first operation event, where the business data has an associated first online document.
  • the information processing method can be used for the first application program such as the approval program, and after the first application program is determined, business data can be created in the first application program (the business data can be the business data of the first application program. data), the first operation event, for example, can include one or more operations, for example, it can be a business data creation operation, it can be the creator of the business data executes the first operation event, and the business data can be, for example, official document approval, leave approval, system Approval, decision-making approval, etc., there is a first online document (also called a cloud document) in the business data, the first online document can be stored in the cloud space, for example, it can be stored in the server, the first online document can be a business A document created by the creator of the data.
  • the business data can be displayed in the form of task items, which can be inserted into the document display area, displayed in the document display area, and can be established when the business data is created or after establishing an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document.
  • S12 Trigger the processing flow of the business data in response to the second operation event.
  • the second operation event may include one or more operation steps.
  • the second operation event may be, for example, an event of submitting business data.
  • the processing flow of the business data (or It is called the business processing flow), which can start to execute the business processing logic according to the first business logic.
  • the first business logic can be the processing flow.
  • the business processing node according to the first application can be executed.
  • Related information performing a first process on the first online document.
  • business data with a first online document can be created, so that the reviewer can view the first online document in the business data, and the first online document can be, for example, an association of business data Documentation of information, so that it is convenient for processing personnel to refer to related information when approving.
  • the method in response to the first operation event, before creating the business data, further includes: in response to the process creation operation, setting the document authority of the business node of the processing process and the processor of the business node.
  • one or more business nodes may be included in the business data processing flow, and the business nodes may have corresponding processors, and document permissions may be set for the business nodes of the business data, and the document permissions of the processors may be, for example, read permissions , Editing authority, based on the document authority to determine the processor's authority to the online document in the business data, so as to realize authority management.
  • the business data template of the business data in response to the first operation event, before creating the business data, it further includes: creating a business data template of the business data, in which there is a control for adding an online document; the The business data is established based on the business data template.
  • the business data template of the business data may be a form module, and the processing business data template may be pre-designed to create the business data of the first application program.
  • FIG. 2 schematically shows the business data template.
  • the business data template can have controls for adding online documents (cloud documents). For example, multiple controls can be provided for selection and addition.
  • Figure 3 Text controls and cloud document controls are added in Figure 3, which can be approved by The administrator of the program creates a business data template for business data.
  • the creator (applicant) of the business data initiates an application, and creates business data based on the business data template, and joins it through the control for adding online documents First online documentation.
  • other controls can also be added by triggering the add control option, and the name of the control can be entered after adding other controls.
  • the control used to add online documents it has an input box for displaying online documents.
  • the input box has a default prompt text (for example, "Please enter the cloud document link" in Figure 3), and the prompt text can be edited. Different languages can be supported for prompt text.
  • the business data can be output, for example, it can be printed or stored as a specific file.
  • the output content can display the controls included in the business data and the contents of the controls , that is, output the name of the control used to display the online document, and the document name of the first online document, for example, the name of the control used to add the online document is "cloud document", then the output of the first approval document will output the first The document name for the online documentation.
  • a preview of the business data template can be displayed, for example, a preview of different user perspectives can be displayed (the perspective of the approver and the perspective of the applicant as shown in FIG. 3 ) , so as to view the implementation effect.
  • creating business data in response to the first operation event includes: displaying a business data creation interface in response to a trigger operation on the business data creation control (the business data creation interface may have a business data template)
  • a control for adding online documents is displayed in the business data creation interface, and in response to a trigger operation on the control for adding online documents, the document adding interface is displayed.
  • recommended online documents may be displayed in the document adding interface Documents, a search box can be displayed on the document adding interface, and information such as document title or document address can be entered in the search box to search online documents.
  • searching online documents the current user can be displayed in the associated area of the searched online documents The authority of the online document can be added to the searched online document.
  • the first online document can be added on the document adding page, and the first online document can be displayed in the document display area of the business data creation interface, and the associated information of the first operation item can be input in the business data creation interface, and in response to the document
  • the trigger operation of the confirmation control on the creation interface completes the creation of the first operation item.
  • only the owner of the first online document can add the first online document to the first operation item. As shown in FIG.
  • a prompt message may be issued, and the prompt message may display the owner of the first online document, for example, display the communication method or business card of the owner of the first online document, or may be included in the prompt message
  • a control for contacting the owner of the first online document after being triggered is displayed in , so that it is convenient to apply for permission to the owner of the first online document.
  • the administrator of the first application program creates the processing flow, then designs the processing flow, sets the document permissions of each node, and performs form (business data template) design and insertion into the document module (a control for adding online documents), after the processing process is successfully created, the applicant initiates a process application, fills in and adds online documents on the basis of the business data template, and after the application is successful, the association of the business node Personnel (such as processors) conduct approval, and can view and edit online documents during approval. After confirmation, the approval is passed, and the business node flows to the next node.
  • business data template business data template
  • the business node Personnel such as processors
  • it also includes: when creating a business data template, determining the storage address of the online document in the business data template, and saving the online document in the business data created based on the business data template to the storage address . Or, when creating business data, determine the storage address of the first online document, and save the first online document to the storage address.
  • a save control can be provided, and whether to save the online document can be controlled through the save control.
  • an interface for determining an address for saving the online document is provided, and the selected address or the input address is used as the address for saving the online document.
  • the storage address of the online document for example, the storage address of the first online document
  • wiki online document storage center
  • it further includes: in response to a trigger operation on the business data of the first application program by the processor of the current business node of the processing flow, consulting the business data of the first application program, and responding to the processor For the processing operation of the business data of the application program, the corresponding business data is executed according to the processing operation.
  • the processor of the current business node can view the business data, and when he has the right to read or edit the first online document, he can read or edit the first online document, and the processor can process the business data, such as agreeing to the business of the first application
  • the data makes the processing flow flow to the next business node, or opposes the business data, thereby ending the processing flow.
  • the business data of the first application is created in a control (eg, an applet) of the target communication software.
  • the first application program is associated with the target communication software, and the accounts in the first application program and the target communication software are associated with each other, and the methods in the embodiments of the present disclosure can be executed through the control of the target communication software, for example Create business data and trigger the processing flow of business data.
  • the executor of the method may be a first application program such as an approval program, and the first application program may communicate with the target communication software.
  • the target communication software may be instant communication software, and the first application program and the target communication software The user accounts of the software are related to each other, and the matching communication is carried out through the accounts, thereby realizing the integration between the two software systems, and through the matching of the accounts, the communication between the first application program and the target software and the processing of nodes in the target communication software are realized.
  • Personnel can process and access the business data and the first online document through the target communication software, can comment on the first online document when they have the comment authority, read the first online document when they have the read authority, and can read the first online document when they have the edit authority
  • the first online document is edited, and the operations performed by the processing personnel on the business data and the first online document on the target communication software will be synchronized to the first application program.
  • the personnel associated with the service node include: target personnel who do not have the target authority of the first application program; the method includes: responding to the target personnel displaying the target communication software to the first An operation of an online document is used to process the business data.
  • the target authority may be the access authority of the first application program, so that when the user does not have the access authority of the first application program or the authority to submit materials, it is convenient to process business data without opening the first application program for the user
  • the external users of the first application program can complete the processing of business data or the submission of materials with the help of the first document's ability to diffuse comments, edits, and other permissions.
  • control for displaying business data can be embedded in the applet of the target communication program, such as the approval component, report component, task and key node component or other components of the target communication software, through which the components can be viewed , processing business data and first online documents, this technical solution can be used in any business scenario that needs to use documents to carry information.
  • Fig. 6 schematically shows the display interface of the first application program, in which a list of service data is displayed, and the selected service data in the list of service data will be displayed in detail.
  • the target communication software of the associated person After being triggered, the content of the business data is displayed, wherein the entry identifier may display the name of the first online document in the business data. As shown in FIG. 7 , information related to business nodes of the business processing flow may also be displayed, such as the associated personnel of the business nodes and the status of processing business data.
  • the display interface of the business data has a document display area for displaying the first online document, the document display area, the size and/or position of the document display area adjustable.
  • the inline frame can be used as the document display area to display the first online document by setting the inline frame in the control displaying business data.
  • the inline frame can be an iframe frame, for example, in the target communication software
  • an inline frame may be loaded in the applet, and the first online document may be displayed in the inline frame.
  • the size of the document display area displaying the first online document can be adjusted, the length and width of the document display area can be adjusted, and the display position of the document display area can be moved freely, thereby improving user experience.
  • the length dimension of the document display area can be adjusted in the following manner, where the length dimension may be the display length of the document display area, and the display length may refer to the longitudinal dimension of the display interface.
  • set the display container In the control that displays business data, set the display container.
  • the display container can be a View object.
  • the display container can have an initial length and a maximum length.
  • the inline frame is set in the display container, and the document can be changed by dragging the edge of the display container.
  • the document display area has an associated operation element.
  • the operation element can be, for example, the above-mentioned display container.
  • the current first height position may refer to the position in the direction of the length of the document display area, which may be In the first mode, through preset operations such as dragging or sliding, the second height position (for example, the height position in the direction of the length of the document display area) at the end of the preset operation is obtained, according to the first height position and the second The height position determines the height difference, adjusts the size of the document display area according to the height difference and the size of the document display area before the preset operation, and obtains and displays the adjusted size of the document display area.
  • the size range of the document display area is preset. If the adjusted size of the document display area is greater than the maximum value of the size range, the size of the document display area is set to the maximum value of the size range.
  • the size of the document display area is set to the minimum value of the size range.
  • a specific embodiment is enumerated below: trigger the start event by clicking on the operation element, enter the drag mode at this time and record the height position of (mouse or finger) in the length direction of the document display area at this time, press the Hold the mouse or hold down the screen (when touching the screen) to drag or slide to trigger the movement adjustment event, and calculate the obtained height position and the recorded height when entering the dragging mode through the position of the mouse (or finger) obtained in each movement adjustment event Calculate the difference (there is a negative value) at the height position, and then increase the calculated difference on the basis of the size of the existing document display area to obtain a new size, perform a threshold check on the obtained new size, if it exceeds the threshold, make it Stop at the edge of the threshold (that is, the maximum or minimum value), then set the size of the document display area, and finally release the mouse (or finger), record the
  • the document display area has a first side and a second side, and the first side and the second side may be the vertical direction of the document display area on the display interface displaying business data
  • the side on the direction in response to the selection operation of the document display area, the selection operation can be to suspend the control signs such as the mouse in the document display area, after the document display area is selected, as shown in Figure 8 (b), the position of the document display area can be changed Display style, in response to the first preset operation performed after the document display area is selected, fix the position of the first side of the document display area on the display interface, and change the position of the second side on the display interface, such as the first preset operation It can be the operation of scrolling the mouse upwards.
  • the first side can be the upper edge of the document display area in the vertical direction of the display interface
  • the second side can be the lower edge of the document display area in the vertical direction of the display interface.
  • the first side is the upper edge of the document display area
  • the second side is the lower edge of the document display area, between the first side and the second side
  • the second preset operation such as rolling the mouse shaft up
  • the fixed first side is different
  • the position of the second side is changed to reduce the first side
  • the distance between the second side and the second side achieves the technical effect of quickly storing the first online document, and solves the problem that the user is hindered from viewing other information caused by the excessively long document display area, that is, when the document display area is greater than or equal to the default height, it can By fixing the head (first side) of the document display area when scrolling up, the first online document can be quickly collapsed.
  • the distance between the first side and the second side of the document display area should not be less than The preset minimum value, when the distance between the two reaches the preset minimum value, the vertical size of the document display area cannot be further reduced.
  • the document display area displays a retract control, after the retract control is triggered, the document display area is retracted, for example, the document display area is hidden, and only one first online
  • the expansion mark can be displayed as shown in FIG. 8( d ), and the document display area is displayed after the expansion mark is triggered.
  • the style of the control identification can be changed.
  • the control flag can be used to change the position of the first side or the second side, thereby changing the size of the document display area.
  • the default size of the document display area of the first online document depends on the content volume of the first online document, and when the content volume of the first online document is greater than the content volume threshold , the first preset size may be used, and when the content volume of the first online document is not greater than the content volume threshold, the second preset size may be used, and the first preset size is larger than the second preset size.
  • the document display area may be located in the area below the title of the business data in the display interface of the business data.
  • the size adjustment frequency of the document display area can be limited, and the size adjustment frequency of the document display area per unit time is limited to not be higher than the preset frequency. For example, control the frequency threshold of the frequency of resetting the size per second, and set whether to refresh the display interface when the frequency exceeds the frequency threshold. For example, when the size adjustment frequency of the document display area exceeds the frequency threshold, the display interface is not refreshed to reduce For performance requirements, when the size of the document display area is adjusted multiple times, the display can be refreshed only when the time period after adjusting the document display area reaches the preset time length and the size adjustment operation of the document display area is not detected. interface, thereby saving computing power.
  • the business data when the business data is displayed as shown in Figure 9(a), after the area where the first online document in the business data is located is triggered, it can be displayed in a full-screen display as shown in Figure 9(b) First online documentation. This satisfies the browsing needs of mobile devices. When displaying the first online document in a full-screen display mode, the full-screen display of the first online document can be exited, and the service data will continue to be displayed after exiting.
  • the creator of the business data is the owner of the first online document, and the creator needs to open permissions to the first online document so that other users can have reading and editing permissions to solve processing problems for different users.
  • the processor of a node in the processing flow can be added as a collaborator of the first online document, and the node is given the required or preset document authority.
  • the link sharing function of the first online document can be enabled, and the user who obtains the sharing link of the first online document can be set to have preset permissions (such as reading permission or editing permission), and can be set for the sharing link. password. In this way, by adding the sharing link of the first online document in the business data, other users can obtain the preset authority when opening the link of the first online document in the business data.
  • the creator of the business data is the owner of the first online document, and after the processing flow of the business data is triggered, the ownership of the first online document is transferred from the business
  • the creator of the data is transferred to the first application program
  • the author can retain the author's right to read the first online document but not retain the right to edit the first online document.
  • the processing flow of business data is triggered, the non-current business of the processing flow
  • the authority of the handler of the node can be readable, but not editable. Only the current business node may have editing authority (whether it has editing authority depends on whether the editing authority has been opened for the handler of the node in advance); After the data processing flow ends, the ownership of the first online document is returned to the creator of the business data.
  • the creator of the business data is not the owner of the first online document (that is, the person with ownership)
  • the owner of the online document is the creator
  • the first online document can be added to the business data.
  • the processing flow is triggered to start, the ownership of the first online document is transferred to the first application program, so that the first application program can assign the authority of the first online document to the processors of other nodes, and after the processing flow of business data ends , returning ownership to the creator.
  • the authority (reading authority or editing authority) possessed by the processor who opens the business node can be opened to read by default for the processor rights and editing rights, alternatively, editing rights can only be open to intended processors.
  • the reading authority is not granted to the processor of the current node, the processor of the current node cannot read the first online document.
  • the node handler's right to edit the first online document will be revoked, and the node handler's right to the first online document can be set to read permission.
  • the editing authority of the first online document is only open to processors with editing authority in the current business node of the processing flow; After the process ends, the document authority assigned to the processor of the business node is withdrawn.
  • the ownership of the first online document can be returned from the first application program to the creator of the business data, and the processors of all business nodes can be reclaimed for the first
  • the authority of the online document reading authority and editing authority
  • that is, the authority of the processor of the business node to the first online document will be restored to the state before creating the business data.
  • the processor of the current business node after the processor of the current business node rejects the business data, the processor of the current business node reclaims the right to the first online document, and returns the ownership of the document to the creator of the business data.
  • the authority of the first online document of the processor of the current business node is applied to the other processor
  • the handler for example, if the handler of the current service node has read permission, the other handler will also be given the read permission, and the handler of the current service node will retain the permission of the first online document.
  • the authority of the handler of the current business node to the first online document is applied to the handler of the added business node, and the The processor of the current service node has the authority to the first online document. If the processor of the current business node has the reading authority to the first online document, the processor of the added business node will also have the reading authority.
  • the processor of the removed node will recover the authority of the first online document, and the processor of the removed business node has the right to the first online document.
  • the permissions of an online document can be restored to the state before the business data was created.
  • the authority of the processor of the current business node to the first online document is applied to the processor of the previous node For example, if the processor of the current business node has read permission, the processor of the previous node will also have read permission. In some embodiments, if the business node is returned to the creator of the business data, it is necessary to enable the creator Editing rights to the first online document.
  • the copied or shared user after the business data is copied or shared, only has the permission to read the first online document in the business data, but does not have the permission to edit it.
  • the first processor is the processor of at least two business nodes, and the first processor processes the business at a business node in charge of the first processor data, and there are still unprocessed business nodes under the responsibility of the first processor, if the content of the first online document changes, at the unprocessed business node, the first processor will process the business data again deal with.
  • processor A is in charge of the first and third nodes, and the current processing flow reaches the second business node, and at this time the content of the first online document changes, it needs to be processed in the third A business node still needs the processor A to process the business data, instead of processing the business data at the third business node because the processor A has already processed the business data at the first business node.
  • the business data is combined with the first online document, which improves communication efficiency, supports height adjustment and free drag and drop of the document display area of the first online document, and can display the first online document in full screen. Document and Collapse full screen.
  • the authority and information notification of online documents can be processed according to the business processing logic of the application , for example, to enable preset online document permissions for preset business node handlers or personnel roles, or, when the content of online documents changes, for example, when the content of comments changes, give the preset node of the application Relevant processing personnel send notification messages, so that relevant personnel can timely or change the content of online documents. Since the notification is related to the business node personnel of the application program, the integration of the two can be strengthened to ensure that the message can reach the business processing of the business program in time personnel.
  • an online document component can be added in the approval flow (also called an approval program): add an online document component through the approval management background, and support setting the online document name, display conditions, printing status, filing location, etc. .
  • the integration of applets and online documents can be realized: by solving the problems of accounts, permissions, and message communication between applets and web applications (such as online documents), the integration and intercommunication of the two can be realized.
  • the online documents can be embedded in the approval page in the form of an iframe, which supports approvers to freely drag the size of the document window, and supports one-key collapse, one-key full-screen and other operations.
  • the collaboration between the current tenant of applications such as approval and external tenants can be realized, where a tenant can be understood as a group ID or an organization ID, and generally different enterprises can be understood as different tenants.
  • the problem of cross-tenant content approval can be solved by enabling external editing permissions for online documents.
  • the approval management background can be used to support setting the authority of each approver or approval role on the online document, such as editing authority, readable authority, sharing authority, etc.
  • the application program is associated with the online document, and after the application program reaches a preset business node or reaches a preset business processing state, the owner of the online document, Change to the application program, or the business processing personnel related to the online document in the application program, so as to facilitate subsequent permission changes.
  • the document owner is transferred from the initiator to the application by calling the document owner transfer interface, so that subsequent applications can change the document permissions.
  • the document "update collaborator permission" is called Interface to change online document permissions.
  • deduplication processing can be performed on the repeated processing personnel in the application program, so as to avoid repeated processing of the same document content by the same personnel.
  • deduplication processing can be performed on the repeated processing personnel in the application program, so as to avoid repeated processing of the same document content by the same personnel. For example, in the approval scenario, regarding the processing of approval and document content changes, when the same approver repeatedly appears in the approval process, if the document content changes, it needs to be re-approved; otherwise, it will be skipped automatically, that is, if the document content If there is no change, if the approver of the current approval node has approved the content of the document before in the approval process, it can be skipped automatically.
  • business data or business data-related processing nodes can be linked and embedded into the document through the relationship between the business data of the application and the document, or based on the above business data or Process node links to generate new documents.
  • the approval link can be written into the document through the association between the approval document and the document, and it is supported to return to the approval process in the document with one click and view the approval details.
  • a category "cloud office” and an “online document” control can be added in the approval management background, and the control name, prompt text, permission setting entry, etc. can be set.
  • automatic archiving can be supported, and it is supported to choose whether to archive the online document after the approval is passed.
  • the wiki leader can be supported, and it is supported to choose whether to archive the online document after the approval is passed.
  • the online document component can be embedded in any applet, including applet approval, reporting, OKR (objective key result management) and any applet.
  • This technical solution can be used in any business scenario that needs to use documents to carry information.
  • the View is used as the container.
  • the container has an initial height and a maximum height. Place the iframe component of the document in the View container, and add a View as the drag operation element.
  • the operation element is located at the bottom of the container element and is higher than the container. within any other element and has a little height guaranteed to be clickable.
  • the approval sponsor (such as the document owner) can enable the external editing permission for the online document, so that the content provider of the external tenant has the document editing permission, This solves the scenario of cross-tenant content approval.
  • Method 1 Add external collaborators as document collaborators and grant editing permissions.
  • Method 2 Turn on link sharing, set it to "People who get the link on the Internet can edit it", and add a password.
  • the reading and editing permissions of the approver corresponding to the approval process are activated (the background sets the reading/editing permission of the specific approver), and the "readable” and “editing” permissions are enabled by default. Issued to approvers only.
  • the current approver withdraws the document permissions, including editing/reading permissions, which is regarded as removing the collaborator. Also returns the document owner from the application to the originator.
  • rollback that is, when the approval node is rolled back to the previous approval node: enable the document permissions set by the current approval node for the rollback person. If the rollback is to the initiator, the edit authority must be enabled for the initiator.
  • the approver For scenarios where the same approver needs to approve at different nodes, if the content of the document changes after the approver passes the approval, the next approval node needs to be re-approved. For example, by calling the document version change interface, or obtaining document version information, etc., it can be determined whether the document version has a preset change, so that when the preset change occurs, it will be approved by the corresponding approver, or when the preset change does not occur, in the If the approver of a certain node has already seen the corresponding information of the current version, the approver is skipped to avoid repeated approval. After the content of the document is changed, the approver will process it on the basis of the changed document.
  • the editing permission of the cloud document is automatically adjusted. If the editing permission is turned off during the approval, the permission is reopened if the approval is not passed, and the permission is turned off for automatic archiving after the approval is passed.
  • the online document comment function is enabled by default during the approval process to achieve better approval collaboration efficiency.
  • the approval summary information can also include document change record information, and the changes can be viewed in the online document version records in the approval document details. For the approver, the current latest document content is approved.
  • the change of document authority with business logic and business process is illustrated. It can be seen that when an application is associated with an online document, the online document permissions can be processed based on the business processing logic and business process of the application, for example, when the preset business node is reached, the node related The document authority of the personnel, for example, after the processing of the preset business node is completed, the document authority of the preset personnel is withdrawn.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an information processing device, including:
  • a creating unit configured to create a first processing item in response to a first operation event, the first processing item having a first online document
  • a control unit configured to trigger the processing flow of the first processing item in response to the second operation event.
  • an information processing device further comprising a setting unit configured to set the business processing node of the processing flow and the handler of the business processing node in response to the flow creation operation document permissions.
  • an information processing device In response to a first operation event, before creating a first processing item, it further includes: a template creation unit, configured to create an item template of the processing item, and The matter template has controls for adding online documentation;
  • the first processing item is established based on the item template.
  • an information processing device is provided, and the control unit is further configured to display the first processing item in a control of a target communication software of a handler at a node of the processing flow.
  • an information processing device which has a document display area for displaying the first online document in the display interface of the first processing item, and the document display area , the size and/or position of the document display area can be adjusted.
  • an information processing device is provided, the creator of the first processing item is the owner of the first online document, and the processing flow of the first processing item is triggered Afterwards, the ownership of the first online document is transferred from the creator of the first transaction to the first application; after the processing of the first transaction is completed, the ownership of the first online document is returned To the creator of the first transaction.
  • an information processing device is provided, during the execution of the processing flow, the editing authority of the first online document is only released to the current business processing node of the processing flow A processor with editing authority; after the processing flow ends, withdraw the document authority assigned to the processor of the business processing node.
  • an information processing method including:
  • the preset processing node corresponding to the processing request of the first file in response to a user operation, determine the target storage address of the first file, so that the first file is saved after the processing request is completed to the target save address.
  • FIG. 11 shows a flowchart of an information processing method 100 provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the method 100 includes:
  • Step S120 Before the preset node, in response to user operation, determine the target storage address of the first file;
  • Step S140 Send the processing request about the first file, so that the processing request is processed; wherein, the target storage address is a storage address of the first file after the processing request is processed.
  • a pre-stored one-level or multi-level file storage directory can be displayed in response to the user's operation on the preset identifier, and the user can select the specific directory location of the target in the file storage directory, so that the file can be stored according to the user's desired location.
  • the selected directory location determines the target save address of the first file.
  • the processing request may be a request for one or more users thereof to approve the first file.
  • the first file includes but is not limited to documents, pictures, multimedia electronic files, program files, and the like.
  • the processing request may include the first file or the link information corresponding to the first file, so as to facilitate the processor of the processing request to obtain the first file, thereby speeding up the processing process.
  • preset node may include before the processing of the processing request ends, for example, when the processing request is created, before the processing request is sent, or during the processing of the processing request.
  • step S120 is performed before the processing request is sent, for example, when the processing request is created. In this way, no additional operation steps are required to set the target storage location of the first file, thereby improving the efficiency of saving files and saving manpower.
  • the relevant file approval and filing process includes initiating a file approval request, one or more personnel approve the file, and if the file is approved, the file is printed, classified and filed.
  • the electronic filing process also requires special operational steps to electronically file documents after the approval process is over, which is inefficient and requires additional manpower.
  • relevant personnel can set that the files to be approved should be saved in a certain directory of a certain cloud storage space after being approved.
  • the second A file is automatically saved to the target storage address, without waiting until the end of the processing request to save the file through a special file saving operation, which realizes the synchronization of file saving and processing request processing, thereby improving file processing efficiency.
  • step S120 it may also be determined in response to a user operation whether to perform preset saving on the first file after the processing request is processed.
  • the user before initiating file approval, the user can set whether to archive the file after approval, and if so, can further set the archive address of the first file, that is, the target storage address.
  • the processing request includes indication information of the target storage address.
  • the first file can be saved to the corresponding target storage address according to the indication information after the processing request is processed.
  • the method 100 further includes:
  • Step S150 After the processing request is processed, display processing information corresponding to the processing request at a preset position in the document.
  • the processing information includes, but is not limited to, processing node information, processing personnel information, processing opinion information, and processing time information.
  • the approval information about the document can be displayed at a preset position in the approved document, for example, under the title, including but not limited to approval node information, Approval personnel information, approval opinion information, approval time information, etc.
  • approval node information for example, "approval node: department approval”, “approval person: department manager Zhang San”, “approval opinion: agree”, "approval time: January 1, 2021", so that Subsequent users of the document can conveniently view the approval information related to the document by opening the document.
  • the approval information of the document can be automatically generated in the document through a preset API (Application Programming Interface, application programming interface).
  • the processing information corresponding to the processing request is displayed at a preset position in the document, thereby facilitating subsequent review and review of the document or the corresponding processing flow , such as corporate financial review, auditing, etc.
  • the processing information includes link information configured to display processing detailed information in response to a user's operation.
  • link information configured to display processing detailed information in response to a user's operation.
  • the processing detailed information includes but not limited to processing node information, processing personnel information, processing opinion information, and processing time information.
  • the method 100 further includes: Step S101: Pre-store the file storage directory; Step S120 includes: Responding to the user's operation on the file storage directory, determine the target storage address of the first file.
  • the file storage directory of the cloud server can be created in advance and the file storage directory can be stored in the client, so that the user can select the target storage address of the first file in the cloud server from the file storage directory;
  • the file storage directory stored in the client is updated in real time or periodically through the preset interface, so as to realize the synchronization of the file storage directory of the client and the storage directory of the cloud server.
  • the following takes cloud file approval as an example for illustration.
  • the user specifies the subsequent specific cloud space archive directory of the cloud file when creating an approval, and sets the corresponding directory for the approval form option node, to realize that after the approval is completed, the cloud files contained in the approval item can be automatically archived to the corresponding cloud space directory node by calling the cloud space archiving interface, so as to realize efficient and fast approval file filing capabilities.
  • the traditional method is to judge whether to file the approval documents and execute the filing steps after the approval is completed.
  • the approver before the preset node in the approval process, for example, before the approval is initiated or before the end of the approval, the approver can set whether the approval document needs to be archived, and in which directory it should be archived. Because it provides archives stored in cloud space, the content that can be archived is not limited to text files, and can support the storage of electronic information records in different forms such as text, charts, audio, and video.
  • automatic archiving is realized by establishing an association between the cloud file storage center and the approval program, for example, opening the directory interface of the cloud file storage center, calling the directory interface through the approval program, and uploading the approval file corresponding to the approval program Stored in the specified directory.
  • the directory structure of the cloud file storage center can be preset.
  • the information of the directory structure can be invoked in the approval program, so that the user can choose which directory to store the specified online document in.
  • one of the links to realize automatic archiving is to pre-set the archiving directory interface of the approval document.
  • automatic archiving can be performed according to the archiving directory specified by the relevant personnel after the approval is completed.
  • the setting of the archive directory interface first forms a standardized archive information directory, and then carries out the system information exchange between the archive directories through the relevant interface technology.
  • the archive directory is a directory for storing files, which may be a folder for storing files.
  • the archiving directory may include primary, secondary, and tertiary directories configured according to the business of the enterprise.
  • the archiving interface can save or mount the approved file in a designated location of the archive directory according to the file identification corresponding to the approved file, such as Token (token), and the directory information corresponding to the target storage address, such as including a directory ID.
  • Token Token
  • the directory information corresponding to the target storage address may be included in the approval file or the approval request, and the directory information may include the archive directory ID and archive description information that the approval file needs to be archived. Archiving can be realized by identifying the directory and archive description information in the directory information. Exemplarily, the archive description information may include directory information of the archive directory.
  • the finalized archive directory needs to be confirmed by the user so as to ensure the accuracy of the archive.
  • the confirmation may not be necessary in some embodiments.
  • the archive directory data structure can be a hierarchical structure such as a tree.
  • the first online document may be generated according to the service data associated with the service node, or the content data carried in the first online document may be processed.
  • approval information also referred to as approval related information
  • the approval information can be generated based on one or more items of approval nodes, approval personnel, and approval progress related information in the approval procedure, and the approval information can be carried on the online Documents will be archived in the cloud file storage center later.
  • the online document can be newly generated, and the approval information can be written in the newly generated online document, or the approval information can be written in the preset area in the existing online document, and the written approval information can be displayed according to the preset format , in one manner, the approval information can be displayed under the title of the online document in a preset format, for example, the approval-related information is displayed in the form of an API link, through which the API link can jump to the corresponding approval program, or open the approval information details.
  • the approval document information can be information automatically generated after the approval is passed, or information that is updated correspondingly with the approval, can be written under the title of the online document in the form of a link through the API, and stored together in the archive directory Down.
  • Approval-related information may include: the name of each approval link, operator, opinion content, approval time, and other information.
  • the relevant approval information can be obtained from the approval procedure through methods such as API interface, page information identification, and extraction of preset field values.
  • an information processing device 400 is provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, including:
  • a save address determining unit 420 configured to determine a target save address of the first file in response to a user operation before a preset node
  • the request sending unit 440 is configured to send the processing request about the first file, so that the processing request is processed; wherein, the target storage address is after the processing request is processed, the first file save address.
  • approval types such as official documents, systems, qualification reviews, and contracts often rely on different information or document content as the basis for decision-making.
  • the approval process involves multi-party communication and collaboration, but the approval process itself needs to be rigorous, so the information or documents that are being approved should not be arbitrarily modified during the approval process, otherwise online cloud documents cannot be used to carry information or files during the approval process .
  • the initiator of the processing process needs to modify the information or file, and after the approval is passed, the information or file is based on the enterprise's filing requirements, and it should not be allowed to be modified again at this time.
  • FIG. 15 provides a flowchart of an information processing method of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the information processing method of the present disclosure may include step 101, receiving a first document for use in a processing flow.
  • the first document is a cloud document or an online document.
  • the first document is referred to as a first online document.
  • the processing flow is an approval flow, for example, an approval flow for approving bills, contracts, purchase requisitions, and the like.
  • Fig. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a processing flow taking an approval flow as an example.
  • the administrator first creates a corresponding approval process, designs the process, and sets document permissions for each node in the approval process.
  • form design is performed to provide an insert document module.
  • the initiator or applicant of the approval process can initiate the approval process application, fill in the form, and insert the cloud document.
  • the approver at each node in the approval process enters the approval form for approval.
  • the approver can usually view and edit cloud documents. After the approvers at all nodes confirm that they are correct , the approval is passed, and the approval process ends.
  • the author or original editor of the first document enjoys the first authority on the first document.
  • the method of the present disclosure may further include step 102, after receiving the first document, changing the author's authority on the first document to a second authority, the second authority being different from the first authority. That is, after entering the processing flow, the system can automatically control the authority of the first document to ensure efficient collaborative work through the first document. Inappropriate random modification in the process.
  • the first permission is read permission and edit permission
  • the second permission is read permission.
  • the read permission can only read the first document
  • the edit permission can edit the first document.
  • the administrator adds personnel who need to process cloud documents to the processing node, so that they can obtain assigned roles of cloud documents.
  • the administrator can specify that the processor has the read permission and edit permission of the document. As shown in Figure 17, when the administrator is designing the process, he can set the processor and copyer, the processing type and the corresponding authority of the processor at each stage.
  • the processors in the nodes of the processing flow after receiving the first document, have preset permissions on the first document.
  • the authority of the processors of each node in the processing flow can be set. Once the first document enters the processing flow, the processor of the corresponding node has corresponding preset authority for the first document. In this way, efficient and unified management of the authority of the first document in the processing flow is facilitated.
  • the authority enjoyed by the author on the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority, that is, the readable authority and the editing authority. authority.
  • the processing flow is not passed or returned to the originator of the processing flow.
  • the author may want to make changes to the first document to meet the corresponding requirements. In this way, by changing the author's authority on the first document from the second authority to the first authority, the order of the processing flow can be carried out downward. After the author completes the modification of the first document, he can submit the first document that meets the requirements, and then Carry out the next processing flow.
  • the authority enjoyed by the other person on the first document is the same as the authority enjoyed by the first processor on the first document before the transfer same. For example, if the first processor is the transferer and the other person is the transferee, if the first processor has editing authority on the first document, the other person also has editing authority on the first document; if the first processor can only read permission, the other person also only has read permission. In this way, the authority of task processing in the processing flow is handed over or connected in an orderly manner, thereby ensuring the rigor in the processing flow.
  • the other person and the first processor when the first processor in the nodes of the processing flow adds a task node to another person, the other person and the first processor have the same authority on the first document. That is, the addee of the task node and the adder have the same authority on the first document. For example, if the first processor has editing authority on the first document, the other person also has editing authority on the first document; if the first processor only has read permission, then the other person also only has read permission. In this way, the authority of task processing in the processing flow is handed over or connected in an orderly manner, thereby ensuring the rigor in the processing flow.
  • the authority of the first processor to the first document is withdrawn.
  • the first processor no longer needs to process the first document, and withdrawing the authority of the first processor to the first document can avoid the possibility that the first processor may Unnecessary modifications to the primary document, thereby ensuring rigor in the process.
  • the authority of the first processor of the current node on the first document is changed from the first authority to the second authority, and the second authority of the next node
  • the permissions on the first document are changed from the second permissions to the first permissions. Since the first processor of the current node has finished processing, change its authority on the first document from the first authority to the second authority at this time, for example, withdraw the editing authority, which can avoid the first processor's inappropriateness in the subsequent processing flow. Appropriate modification can ensure the rigor in the process.
  • the authority of the second processor at the next node on the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority, such as adding editing authority, which can also ensure the smooth processing of the second processor .
  • the authority of the first processor of the previous node to the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority, and the second authority of the current node
  • the permissions on the first document are changed from the first permissions to the second permissions. Since the second processor of the current node has finished processing and returned it to the previous node, at this time, change its authority on the first document from the first authority to the second authority, for example, withdraw the editing authority, which can avoid subsequent processing Improper modification by the second processor in the process can ensure the rigor in the process.
  • the authority of the first processor of the previous node on the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority, such as adding editing authority, which can also ensure that the first processor smooth processing, such as editing the first document and then entering the next processing flow sequentially.
  • the cc and shareees only have read permissions, but no edit permissions. In some embodiments, the newly assigned user will perform operations on the reassigned pending document.
  • the information processing method of the present disclosure further includes: when the comment content is received in the comment area of the first document, and the comment content is not associated with any person in the comment content, sending the initiator of the processing flow and The handler sends a notification message.
  • the comment function is turned on by default in the processing flow, which can help the processor to quickly notify the initiator of the processing opinion through the comment function, so that the corresponding personnel can adjust the content to be processed according to the processing opinion in a more timely manner (eg, first document).
  • the content of Meng X’s comment is “Please pay attention to the department’s information adjustment.” There is no @who, that is, the content of the comment is not associated with any specific person.
  • the processor sends a notification message as shown in Figure 18, so that the initiator and processor of the processing process can check the content of the comment in time and process it in time, which is beneficial to improve the efficiency of processing and collaboration.
  • the information processing method of the present disclosure further includes: when the comment content is received in the comment area of the first document, and the comment content is associated with the processor of the processing flow in the comment content, sending a message to the initiator of the processing flow Send a notification message to the processor associated with the comment content.
  • the comment content of Meng X is "Please pay attention to the department information adjustment.”
  • @ Zhang Z that is, the comment content is associated with Zhang Z
  • Zhang Z is the processor of the processing flow (for example , the approver of a certain node)
  • a notification message as shown in Figure 19 is sent to the initiator of the processing flow and Zhang Z, so that the initiator of the processing flow and Zhang Z can check the comment content in time and deal with it in time .
  • Figure 18 and Figure 19 after the corresponding person clicks "View Details", they can directly jump to the corresponding document to be processed for processing.
  • the information processing method of the present disclosure further includes: receiving comment content in the comment area of the first document, in which the comment content is associated with a specific person, and the specific person does not own the first document
  • a reminder message will be issued to remind whether to enable the read permission of the first document to a specific person.
  • Meng X @zhang Z in the comments, and Zhang Z has no authority to the first document, at this time a reminder message is sent to remind Zhang Z whether to open the first document Read permissions. In this way, it is avoided to send a notification message that the person cannot view the corresponding content to the corresponding person.
  • a notification message is sent to the specific person.
  • a corresponding notification message can be sent to Zhang Z at this time, so that the specific person (for example, Zhang Z) can view the comment content in time.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an information processing device 600 .
  • the information processing device 600 includes a document receiving module 201 and an authority changing module 202 .
  • the document receiving module 201 is configured to receive the first document for processing, wherein, before receiving the first document, the author of the first document has the first authority on the first document.
  • the authority changing module 202 is configured to change the author's authority on the first document to a second authority different from the first authority after receiving the first document.
  • the first permission is read permission and edit permission
  • the second permission is read permission.
  • the processors in the nodes of the processing flow after receiving the first document, the processors in the nodes of the processing flow have preset permissions on the first document.
  • the author's authority on the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority.
  • the authority enjoyed by the other person on the first document is the same as the authority enjoyed by the first processor on the first document before the transfer same.
  • the other person and the first processor have the same authority on the first document.
  • the authority of the first processor to the first document is withdrawn.
  • the processing flow proceeds from the current node to the next node, the authority of the first processor of the current node on the first document is changed from the first authority to the second authority, and the second authority of the next node The permissions on the first document are changed from the second permissions to the first permissions.
  • the information processing device further includes a notification module, the notification module is configured to receive the comment content in the comment area of the first document, and when the comment content is not associated with any person in the comment content, send the notification to the processing flow The initiator and processor send notification messages.
  • the notification module is further configured to notify the initiator of the processing flow and the comment content when the comment content is received in the comment area of the first document and the comment content is associated with the processor of the processing flow
  • the associated handler sends a notification message.
  • the information processing device further includes a reminder module configured to receive comment content in the comment area of the first document, the comment content associates the comment content with a specific person, and the specific person does not have authority over the first document When , a reminder message is sent to remind whether to enable the readability of the first document to a specific person.
  • the notification module is further configured to send a notification message to the specific person when it is determined that the readable permission of the first document is granted to the specific person.
  • the approver when the cloud document comment content changes, can be notified in time to pay attention to the cloud document content change through the robot sending message technology.
  • the approval robot can send a message to the approval submitter and the @ person, if the @ person does not Cloud document permission, or not the relevant personnel of the approval node, you can prompt whether to enable the readable permission of the cloud document for the other party (the @person), if so, enable the document readable permission for the other party, and the cloud document will notify the @person; if not open If the document is readable, it will not be notified. Notifications can be made in the form of message cards. After clicking the notification to view the details, you can directly jump to the corresponding cloud document approval document in the approval application for approval.
  • the content of the notification message may include the content of the comment, the applicant who submitted the approval (also called the bill of lading person), the reason for the approval, etc.
  • a notification can be sent to the person who submitted the approval document and the person to be approved.
  • the content of the notification can include the content of the comment, the applicant who submitted the approval document (also known as the bill of lading person), the reason for the approval, etc.
  • the reasons for not sending it to the person to be approved include: 1. @ is a scenario that clearly needs to be replied, so it needs to be sent to the person who was @; Bother other approvers. .
  • the editing permission of the cloud document is automatically adjusted. For example, the editing permission is turned off during the approval, and the permission is reopened after the approval is not passed. After the approval is passed, the permission is turned off for automatic archiving, which can be set reasonably Permissions, to avoid destroying business logic or causing information leakage.
  • the comment function of cloud documents may be enabled by default, so as to achieve better business collaboration such as approval.
  • the present disclosure also provides a terminal, including: at least one memory and at least one processor; wherein the memory is used to store program codes, and the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above information Approach.
  • the present disclosure also provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium stores program codes, and the program codes are used to execute the above information processing method.
  • the present disclosure also provides a terminal and a storage medium, which are described below.
  • FIG. 21 it shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device (such as a terminal device or a server) 700 suitable for implementing an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present disclosure may include but not limited to such as mobile phone, notebook computer, digital broadcast receiver, PDA (personal digital assistant), PAD (tablet computer), PMP (portable multimedia player), vehicle terminal (such as mobile terminals such as car navigation terminals) and fixed terminals such as digital TVs, desktop computers and the like.
  • the electronic device shown in FIG. 21 is only an example, and should not limit the functions and scope of use of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 700 may include a processing device (such as a central processing unit, a graphics processing unit, etc.) Various appropriate actions and processes are executed by programs in the memory (RAM) 703 .
  • RAM random access memory
  • various programs and data necessary for the operation of the electronic device 700 are also stored.
  • the processing device 701, ROM 702, and RAM 703 are connected to each other through a bus 704.
  • An input/output (I/O) interface 705 is also connected to the bus 704 .
  • the following devices can be connected to the I/O interface 705: input devices 706 including, for example, a touch screen, touchpad, keyboard, mouse, camera, microphone, accelerometer, gyroscope, etc.; including, for example, a liquid crystal display (LCD), speaker, vibration an output device 707 such as a computer; a storage device 708 including, for example, a magnetic tape, a hard disk, etc.; and a communication device 709.
  • the communication means 709 may allow the electronic device 700 to communicate with other devices wirelessly or by wire to exchange data. While FIG. 21 shows electronic device 700 having various means, it is to be understood that implementing or having all of the means shown is not a requirement. More or fewer means may alternatively be implemented or provided.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure include a computer program product, which includes a computer program carried on a computer-readable medium, where the computer program includes program codes for executing the methods shown in the flowcharts.
  • the computer program may be downloaded and installed from a network via communication means 709, or from storage means 708, or from ROM 702.
  • the processing device 701 the above-mentioned functions defined in the methods of the embodiments of the present disclosure are executed.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable medium in the present disclosure may be a computer-readable signal medium or a computer-readable storage medium or any combination of the above two.
  • a computer readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, apparatus, or device, or any combination thereof. More specific examples of computer-readable storage media may include, but are not limited to, electrical connections with one or more wires, portable computer diskettes, hard disks, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable Programmable read-only memory (EPROM or flash memory), optical fiber, portable compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), optical storage device, magnetic storage device, or any suitable combination of the above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be any tangible medium that contains or stores a program that can be used by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • a computer-readable signal medium may include a data signal propagated in baseband or as part of a carrier wave carrying computer-readable program code therein. Such propagated data signals may take many forms, including but not limited to electromagnetic signals, optical signals, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • a computer-readable signal medium may also be any computer-readable medium other than a computer-readable storage medium, which can transmit, propagate, or transmit a program for use by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device .
  • Program code embodied on a computer readable medium may be transmitted by any appropriate medium, including but not limited to wires, optical cables, RF (radio frequency), etc., or any suitable combination of the above.
  • the client and the server can communicate using any currently known or future network protocols such as HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol, Hypertext Transfer Protocol), and can communicate with digital data in any form or medium
  • HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol
  • the communication eg, communication network
  • Examples of communication networks include local area networks (“LANs”), wide area networks (“WANs”), internetworks (e.g., the Internet), and peer-to-peer networks (e.g., ad hoc peer-to-peer networks), as well as any currently known or future developed network of.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable medium may be included in the above-mentioned electronic device, or may exist independently without being incorporated into the electronic device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable medium carries one or more programs, and when the above-mentioned one or more programs are executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the above-mentioned method of the present disclosure.
  • Computer program code for carrying out the operations of the present disclosure can be written in one or more programming languages, or combinations thereof, including object-oriented programming languages—such as Java, Smalltalk, C++, and conventional Procedural Programming Language - such as "C" or a similar programming language.
  • the program code may execute entirely on the user's computer, partly on the user's computer, as a stand-alone software package, partly on the user's computer and partly on a remote computer or entirely on the remote computer or server.
  • the remote computer can be connected to the user computer through any kind of network, including a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN), or it can be connected to an external computer (such as through an Internet service provider). Internet connection).
  • LAN local area network
  • WAN wide area network
  • Internet service provider such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint, EarthLink, MSN, GTE, etc.
  • each block in a flowchart or block diagram may represent a module, program segment, or portion of code that contains one or more logical functions for implementing specified executable instructions.
  • the functions noted in the block may occur out of the order noted in the figures. For example, two blocks shown in succession may, in fact, be executed substantially concurrently, or they may sometimes be executed in the reverse order, depending upon the functionality involved.
  • each block of the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations, and combinations of blocks in the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations can be implemented by a dedicated hardware-based system that performs the specified functions or operations , or may be implemented by a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
  • the units involved in the embodiments described in the present disclosure may be implemented by software or by hardware. Wherein, the name of a unit does not constitute a limitation of the unit itself under certain circumstances.
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • ASSPs Application Specific Standard Products
  • SOCs System on Chips
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logical device
  • a machine-readable medium may be a tangible medium that may contain or store a program for use by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • a machine-readable medium may be a machine-readable signal medium or a machine-readable storage medium.
  • a machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor systems, apparatus, or devices, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • machine-readable storage media would include one or more wire-based electrical connections, portable computer discs, hard drives, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM or flash memory), optical fiber, compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM), optical storage, magnetic storage, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • EPROM or flash memory erasable programmable read only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disk read only memory
  • magnetic storage or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • Example 1 of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, including: determining a first application; establishing an association relationship between the first application and a first online document; An online document is first processed.
  • Example 2 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], and performs first processing on the first online document according to relevant information of the first application program, including:
  • Example 3 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], and performs first processing on the first online document according to relevant information of the first application program, including at least one of the following:
  • At least one of display information, authority information, and carried content data of the first online document is processed
  • At least one of the displayable content, display format, and authority information of the person in the first online document is processed
  • the first online document is generated, or the content data carried in the first online document is processed.
  • Example 4 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], including:
  • a document display area for displaying the first online document is displayed on the display interface of the first application program.
  • Example 5 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 4], wherein the document display area can present the content of the first online document, and can browse the content of the first online document according to an operation.
  • Example 6 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 4].
  • the display size and/or display position of the document display area in the display interface can be adjusted.
  • Example 7 of the present disclosure provides the method combined with [Example 6], the frequency of adjusting the size of the document display area is not higher than the first preset frequency; or,
  • the display interface is not refreshed.
  • Example 8 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 6], which also includes:
  • the length of the document display area in the first direction is greater than a preset length
  • the length of the document display area in the first direction is adjusted according to the first preset operation.
  • [Example 9] of the present disclosure provides the method combined with [Example 6], further comprising: changing the style of the control indicator in response to the control indicator moving to the first side or the second side of the document display area, in the control After the style of the logo is changed, the position of the first side or the second side can be changed to change the size of the document display area.
  • Example 10 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 5].
  • the document display area has a collapsed state and an expanded state, and the document display area can be switched between the collapsed state and the expanded state.
  • Example 11 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 10], when the document display area is in an expanded state, display the content of the first online document; or,
  • the document display area When the document display area is in the collapsed state, the content of the first online document is hidden and the thumbnail information of the first online document is displayed.
  • Example 12 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 10], the document display area has an associated display control identifier, and when the document display area is in the collapsed state, the display control identifier is used to be triggered expand the document display area; when the document display area is in the expanded state, the display control flag is used to collapse the document display area after being triggered.
  • Example 13 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 12], the display control sign is fixed at the target position of the display interface; and/or,
  • the display interface After the display control flag is triggered, the display interface is positioned in the document display area.
  • Example 14 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 6], and the size range of the document display area is preset;
  • the method includes: determining a target size according to the operation of adjusting the document display area, and adjusting the display size of the document display area according to the target size;
  • the size of the document display area is set to the minimum value of the size range.
  • Example 15 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 4].
  • the display size of the document display area is determined by the following method:
  • the display size of the document display area is set according to the maximum value of the size range.
  • Example 16 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 3] to process the authority information of the first online document, including at least one of the following:
  • Example 17 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 3] to process the permission information of the first online document, including:
  • the authority information related to the first online document is adjusted.
  • Example 18 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 17], according to the operation type of the operation of the business node and/or the associated personnel of the business node, adjusting the authority information related to the first online document, including at least one of the following item:
  • the second person In response to the third processing of the current service node, based on the authority of the first person to the first online document, the second person is given corresponding authority to the first online document, and the first person is reserved to the first online document.
  • document authority or withdraw the authority of the first person to the first online document, or change the authority of the first person to the first online document, and the first person includes the associated persons, said second persons including persons associated with said third processing;
  • the person associated with the fourth processing is given a preset document authority.
  • Example 19 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 17], according to the operation type of the operation of the business node and/or the operation of the associated personnel of the business node, adjusting the permission information related to the first online document, including at least one of the following item:
  • the corresponding document authority is given to the associated personnel of the added business node;
  • the third person is given the preset authority of the first online document.
  • Example 20 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 17], according to the operation type of the operation of the business node and/or the operation of the associated personnel of the business node, adjusting the authority information related to the first online document, including at least one of the following item:
  • the corresponding document authority is given to the other person.
  • the document authority of the other person is the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document, or the document authority granted to the other person is the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document a subset of ; or,
  • the third person In response to the business data of the first application program being copied or shared with a third person, the third person is given a preset permission of the first online document, and the preset permission is a read permission.
  • Example 21 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1].
  • the associated personnel in the current business node who have editing authority for the first online document can edit the The first online document is edited, and associated personnel other than the current service node or associated personnel who do not have the editing authority of the first online document cannot edit the first online document.
  • Example 22 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 3].
  • the validity period of the authority of the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document is related to the duration of the business node. During the processing period of the business node, the authority granted to the associated personnel of the business node to the first online document is valid; The permissions are invalid or changed to other permissions.
  • Example 22 provides a method combined with [Example 3], and grants the associated personnel of the business node the authority to the first online document through at least one of the following methods:
  • the link sharing function is used to indicate that the user who obtains the sharing link of the first online document has a preset authority, and the user who obtains the sharing link shares based on the link
  • the access restriction condition accesses the first online document.
  • Example 24 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 23].
  • the user who obtains the shared link accesses the first online document based on the access restriction conditions shared by the link, including:
  • the user who obtains the sharing link can access the first online document.
  • Example 25 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1]. According to the information related to the business node of the first application program, after the first processing is performed on the first online document, the associated personnel of the business node will recover the 1. Permissions for Online Documentation.
  • Example 26 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 3], the content data carried by the first online document includes processing summary information, and the processing summary information is used to represent the relevant information of the business processing.
  • the relevant information of the business processing represented by the processing summary information includes at least one of the following: processing node or link of the first application program, processing progress information, Processing time information, processing personnel information, and document change record information of the first online document.
  • Example 28 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 26], according to the service node of the first application program, the content data carried by the first online document is processed, including:
  • the processing summary information is displayed in the first online document.
  • Example 29 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1] to establish an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document, including:
  • Responsive to the operation of establishing the association relationship determine whether the creator of the business data of the first application program has authorization given by the owner of the first online document; if yes, establish the association relationship; if not, A prompt message is displayed.
  • Example 30 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 29].
  • the prompt information displays at least one of the following: the communication method of the owner of the first online document, the owner of the first online document A business card, a control for contacting the owner of the first online document after being triggered, an entry for applying to the owner for transferring ownership, and an entry for applying to the owner for associating the first online document with the first application.
  • Example 31 provides a method combined with [Example 29], further comprising:
  • a notification message is sent to the owner, and the notification message includes at least one of the following: Item: the information of the first application program, the information of the first online document, and the remark information of the creator.
  • Example 32 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], establishing the association relationship between the first application program and the first online document, including: adding the first online document or the first online document in the display interface of the first application program The association relationship between the first application program and the first online document is preconfigured.
  • Example 33 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1] to establish an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document, and further includes:
  • the first filing address is the filing address of the document storage center, and the first filing address is used to associate with the target online document
  • the target online document is an online document associated with the business data established based on the business data template; when a preset timing is reached, associate the first online document with the first filing address;
  • the file address selection page of the document storage center is displayed, and according to the selected second file address, when the preset timing is reached, the first online document A document is associated with the second filing address.
  • Example 34 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 33], the preset timing includes: reaching or completing a preset service node of the first application program.
  • Example 35 provides the method combined with [Example 1]. Before determining the first application, it also includes: in response to the creation operation, setting the business node of the first application and the documents of the associated personnel of the business node permission.
  • Example 36 provides a method combined with [Example 35], according to the function of the business node, the role of the associated personnel, the type of the first online document, and the type of the first application At least one item is to set the document authority of the associated personnel of the business node.
  • Example 37 provides a method combined with [Example 33]. Before determining the first application program, it also includes: creating a business data template, in which there is a control for adding online documents; the first All or part of the business data of the application is established based on the business data template.
  • Example 38 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], performing first processing on the first online document based on the information related to the business node of the first application, wherein the information related to the business node includes At least one of the following: a business node, information about personnel associated with the business node, and business data associated with the business node.
  • Example 39 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], if there are first persons associated with more than two business nodes of the first application;
  • the first person After the first person processes the first online document at the associated first business node, before the second business node associated with the first person starts, if the content of the first online document has change, the first person still needs to process the first online document at the second service node; or,
  • Example 40 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 39], determining whether the content of the first online document has changed based on the version number of the first online document, if the version number of the first online document occurs If the version number of the first online document has not changed, it is determined that the content of the first online document has not changed.
  • Example 41 of this disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1].
  • the first application program is associated with the first business logic, and the first application program controls the business of the first application program according to the first business logic.
  • the data is processed, and the first processing performed on the first online document is related to the first business logic.
  • the present disclosure provides the method combined with [Example 1].
  • the first application program includes an independent application program, a subprogram embedded or based on other programs, or a small program.
  • Example 43 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 1], further comprising: displaying the business data of the first application program in the target communication software of the person associated with the business node of the first application program, the Business data is associated with the first online document.
  • Example 44 provides a method combined with [Example 43], the personnel associated with the service node include: target personnel who do not have the target authority of the first application program;
  • the method includes: processing the business data in response to the operation of the target person on the first online document displayed by the target communication software.
  • Example 45 provides a method combined with [Example 1], the first application program includes an approval program, and the information related to the business node includes more than one approval node and/or personnel associated with the approval node; or,
  • the first application program includes a reporting program, and the information related to the business node includes more than one reporting node and/or personnel associated with the reporting node; or,
  • the first application program includes a project management program, and the information related to the business node includes more than one project processing node and/or personnel associated with the project processing node.
  • Example 46 provides an online document-based business processing method, including:
  • the service data to be processed is processed according to the first online document.
  • Example 47 of the present disclosure provides a method combined with [Example 46]. Processing the business data to be processed according to the first online document includes:
  • the second operation is performed based on the first online document, the content and/or authority information of the first online document is related to the service node associated with the service data to be processed and/or the service node associated personnel.
  • Example 48 provides a data processing method based on online documents, including:
  • creating a business data template wherein the business data template has controls for associating online documents
  • the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow
  • the generated business processing form or business processing flow has controls for associating online documents.
  • Example 49 provides a method combined with [Example 48], in response to the first creation event, create a business data template, including:
  • Example 50 provides a method combined with [Example 48], in response to the first creation event, create a business data template, including:
  • the first filing address is an address of a document storage center, and the first filing address is used to associate with a target online document, and the target online document is an online document associated through the control.
  • Example 51 provides an information processing device, including:
  • a determining unit configured to determine the first application program
  • a creating unit configured to establish an association relationship between the first application program and the first online document
  • a control unit configured to perform a first process on the first online document according to the relevant information of the first application program.
  • Example 52 provides an online document-based service processing device, including:
  • a display unit configured to display business data to be processed in response to the first operation, wherein the business data to be processed has an association relationship with the first online document;
  • a processing unit configured to process the service data to be processed according to the first online document in response to the second operation.
  • Example 53 provides an online document-based data processing device, including:
  • a creating unit configured to create a business data template in response to the first creation event
  • the business data template is used to generate a business processing form or a business processing flow, and the generated business processing form or business processing flow has controls for associating online documents.
  • Example 54 provides a terminal, including:
  • the at least one memory is used to store program codes
  • the at least one processor is used to call the program codes stored in the at least one memory to execute the method described in any one of [Example 1] to [Example 50].
  • Example 54 provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used to store a program code, and the program code is used to execute the method described in any one of [Example 1] to [Example 50].
  • an information processing method including:
  • the first processing item has a first online document
  • the processing flow of the first processing item is triggered in response to the second operation event.
  • an information processing method In response to the first operation event, before creating the first processing item, it further includes: in response to the process creation operation, setting the business processing of the processing flow The node and the document authority of the processor of the business processing node.
  • an information processing method In response to the first operation event, before creating the first processing item, it further includes: creating an item template for the processing item, and the item template has controls for adding online documentation;
  • the first processing item is established based on the item template.
  • an information processing method further comprising:
  • the first processing item is displayed in the control of the target communication software of the processing personnel at the node of the processing flow.
  • an information processing method in which a document display area for displaying the first online document is provided in the display interface of the first processing item, and the document display area , the size and/or position of the document display area can be adjusted.
  • an information processing method is provided, the creator of the first processing item is the owner of the first online document, and the processing flow of the first processing item is triggered Afterwards, the ownership of the first online document is transferred from the creator of the first transaction to the first application; after the processing of the first transaction is completed, the ownership of the first online document is returned To the creator of the first transaction.
  • an information processing method is provided, during the execution of the processing flow, the editing authority of the first online document is only released to the current business processing node of the processing flow Processors with editing rights;
  • an information processing method includes: receiving a first document for use in a processing flow, wherein, before receiving the first document, the The author of the first document has a first authority on the first document; after receiving the first document, changing the author's authority on the first document to a second authority, and the second authority is the same as The first permissions are different.
  • the first permission is a read permission and an edit permission
  • the second permission is a read permission
  • the processors in the nodes of the processing flow after receiving the first document, the processors in the nodes of the processing flow have preset permissions on the first document.
  • the authority enjoyed by the author on the first document is determined by the The second permission is changed to the first permission.
  • the authority enjoyed by the other person on the first document is different from that of the second person.
  • a handler has the same authority on the first document before the transfer.
  • the first processor in the node of the processing flow adds a task node to another person
  • the other person and the first processor share have the same permissions.
  • the task node corresponding to the first processor in the nodes of the processing flow is deleted, the authority of the first processor to the first document is withdrawn.
  • the authority of the first processor of the current node to the first document is changed by the first authority
  • the authority of the second handler of the next node on the first document is changed from the second authority to the first authority.
  • the authority of the first processor of the previous node to the first document is controlled by the second authority changing to the first authority, changing the authority of the second processor of the current node to the first document from the first authority to the second authority.
  • it further includes: when a comment content is received in the comment area of the first document, and the comment content is not associated with any person in the comment content, sending to the The initiator and processor of the above-mentioned processing flow send a notification message.
  • it further includes: when receiving comment content in the comment area of the first document, and associating the comment content with the processor of the processing flow in the comment content , sending a notification message to the initiator of the processing flow and the processor associated with the comment content.
  • it further includes: receiving comment content in the comment area of the first document, in which the comment content is associated with a specific person, and the specific person has an opinion on When the first document does not have permission, a reminder message is sent to remind whether to enable the read permission of the first document to the specific person.
  • a notification message is sent to the specific person.
  • an information processing device includes: a document receiving module configured to receive a first document for use in a processing flow, wherein, upon receiving the first document Before a document, the author of the first document enjoys a first authority on the first document; the authority change module is configured to, after receiving the first document, change the author's authority to the first document to Change to a second permission, the second permission being different from the first permission.
  • an information processing method which is characterized by comprising: before the preset processing node corresponding to the processing request about the first file, in response to a user operation, determining the first The target storage address of the file, so that the first file is saved to the target storage address after the processing request is processed.
  • an information processing method including:
  • the preset node in response to a user operation, determine the target storage address of the first file; send the processing request on the first file, so that the processing request is processed;
  • the target storage address is the storage address of the first file after the processing request is processed.
  • the processing request includes address information of the target storage address.
  • the information processing method further includes: after the processing request is processed, displaying at a preset position in the document the Processing information corresponding to the above processing request.
  • the processing information includes link information configured to be capable of displaying processing detailed information in response to a user's operation.
  • the processing detailed information includes at least one of the following information: processing node information, processing personnel information, processing opinion information, and processing time information.
  • the information processing method further includes: storing a file storage directory in advance; the determining the target storage address of the first file in response to the user operation includes: responding to the user's The operation of saving the directory of the file is performed to determine the target storage address of the first file.
  • an information processing method which is characterized by comprising: a determining unit configured to, before any node corresponding to the processing request about the first file, respond to a user operation , determining a target storage address of the first file, so that the first file is saved to the target storage address after the processing request is processed.
  • an information processing device including:
  • a saving address determining unit configured to determine a target saving address of the first file in response to a user operation before a preset node; a request sending unit, configured to send the processing request about the first file to The processing request is processed; wherein, the target storage address is the storage address of the first file after the processing request is processed.
  • the information processing device further includes: a processing information display unit configured to, after the processing request is processed, display the Processing information corresponding to the processing request is displayed at a preset position.
  • the information processing device further includes: a directory storage unit, configured to store a file storage directory in advance; the determining the target storage address of the first file in response to a user operation includes : In response to the user's operation on the file storage directory, determine the target storage address of the first file.
  • an electronic device including:
  • the memory is used for storing program codes
  • the processor is used for invoking the program codes stored in the memory to make the electronic device execute the method for providing information processing according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • a non-transitory computer storage medium stores program code, and when the program code is executed by a computer device, the computer device A method of providing information processing according to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure is performed.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Bioethics (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Document Processing Apparatus (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

本公开提供基于在线文档的业务方法、装置、终端和存储介质。方法包括:确定第一应用程序;建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。本公开实施例提供的信息处理方法能够通过根据第一应用程序的相关信息,来对第一在线文档进行处理,使得对第一在线文档的数据处理,能够适应第一应用程序本身的业务逻辑,在充分利用在线文档开放性、易协作的特点的同时,使得在线文档能够反映或者适配业务逻辑,提高服务的灵活性和稳定性。

Description

基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请基于申请号为202111046163.X、申请日为2021年09月07日,名称为“基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质”,以及申请号为202110950234.2、申请日为2021年08月18日,名称为“信息处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质”的中国专利申请提出,并要求上述两个中国专利申请的优先权,上述专利申请的公开内容全文以引用方式并入本文。
技术领域
本公开涉及信息处理技术领域,尤其涉及一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质。
背景技术
在一些文档处理场景中,例如,企业审批场景中,诸如公文、制度、资质审核、合同审批等往往依赖不同的信息或文件内容作为决策依据,需要多方沟通、协作,如何提高这些场景下的信息处理效率,是需要解决的问题。
发明内容
本公开提供一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质。
本公开采用以下的技术方案。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供一种信息处理方法,包括:
确定第一应用程序;
建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;
根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法,包括:
响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供一种基于在线文档的数据处理方法,包括:响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,其中,所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供了一种信息处理装置,包括:
确定单元,用于确定第一应用程序,;
创建单元,用于建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;
控制单元,用于根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供了一种基于在线文档的业务处理装置,包括:
显示单元,用于响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
处理单元,用于响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供了一种基于在线文档的数据处理装置,包括:
创建单元,用于响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板;所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供一种终端,包括:至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器;
其中,存储器用于存储程序代码,处理器用于调用所述存储器所存储的程序代码执行上述的方法。
在一些实施例中,本公开提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储程序代码,所述程序代码用于执行上述的方法。
本公开提供信息处理方法包括:确定第一应用程序;建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。本公开实施例提供的信息处理方法能够通过根据第一应用程序的相关信息,来对第一在线文档进行处理,使得对第一在线文档的数据处理,能够适应第一应用程序本身的业务逻辑,使得第一在线文档承载的数据、或对数据的处理能够反映或者适配第一应用程序业务逻辑,从而一方面使得利用第一应用程序进行业务处理时,可以利用第一在线文档的在线协作等便利性,也能够避免第一在线文档的协作开放性等导致业务逻辑被破坏,提高服务的可靠性。本公开一些实施例中提出一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法中,业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系,根据第一在线文档对待处理的业务数据进行处理,从而使得业务数据的处理过程中能够参照在线文档,使得业务处理的过程更加便利,利用在线文档的扩散性减小业务数据的处理所需要的存储资源、以及提高资料修改的便利性。本公开一些实施例中基于在线文档的数据处理方法中,创建业务数据模板,业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件,通过业务数据模板能够生成与在线文档关联的业务处理表单或业务处理流程,使得业务处理表单或业务处理流程与在线文档相关联,提高处理的便利性。
附图说明
结合附图并参考以下具体实施方式,本公开各实施例的上述和其他特征、优点及方面将变得更加明显。贯穿附图中,相同或相似的附图标记表示相同或相似的元素。应当理解附图是示意性的,元件和元素不一定按照比例绘制。
图1是本公开实施例的一种信息处理方法的流程图。
图2是本公开实施例的一种业务数据模板的示意图。
图3是本公开实施例的一种业务数据模板的示意图。
图4是本公开实施例的一种业务数据的显示示意图。
图5是本公开实施例的一种信息处理方法的流程图。
图6是本公开实施例的一种目标通信程序的显示示意图。
图7是本公开实施例的一种目标通信程序的显示示意图。
图8是本公开实施例的一种文档显示区的变化示意图。
图9是本公开实施例的一种业务数据中第一在线文档非全屏和全屏显示示意图。
图10是本公开实施例的一种信息处理装置的示意图。
图11是根据本公开一实施例提供的信息处理方法的流程图。
图12是相关技术的审批流程和归档流程的流程图。
图13是根据本公开一实施例提供的审批归档流程的流程图。
图14是根据本公开一实施例提供的信息处理装置的结构示意图。
图15是本公开的实施例的信息处理方法的流程图。
图16示出了根据一些实施例的处理流程的示意图。
图17示出了根据一些实施例的流程设计时的示意图。
图18和图19示出了根据一些实施例的通知消息的示意图。
图20是本公开的一些实施例的用于信息处理装置的部分模块。
图21是本公开的实施例的电子设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将参照附图更详细地描述本公开的实施例。虽然附图中显示了本公开的某些实施例,然而应当理解的是,本公开可以通过各种形式来实现,而且不应该被解释为限于这里阐述的实施例,相反提供这些实施例是为了更加透彻和完整地理解本公开。应当理解的是,本公开的附图及实施例仅用于示例性作用,并非用于限制本公开的保护范围。
应当理解,本公开的方法实施方式中记载的各个步骤可以按和/或并行执行。此外,方法实施方式可以包括附加的步骤和/或省略执行示出的步骤。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
本文使用的术语“包括”及其变形是开放性包括,即“包括但不限于”。术语“基于”是“至少部分地基于”。术语“一个实施例”表示“至少一个实施例”;术语“另一实施例”表示“至少一个另外的实施例”;术语“一些实施例”表示“至少一些实施例”。其他术语的相关定义将在下文描述中给出。
需要注意,本公开中提及的“第一”、“第二”等概念仅用于对不同的装置、模块或单元进行区分,并非用于限定这些装置、模块或单元所执行的功能的顺序或者相互依存关系。
需要注意,本公开中提及的“一个”的修饰是示意性而非限制性的,本领域技术人员应当理解,除非在上下文另有明确指出,否则应该理解为“一个或多个”。
本公开实施方式中的多个装置之间所交互的消息或者信息的名称仅用于说明性的目的,而并不是用于对这些消息或信息的范围进行限制。
以下将结合附图,对本公开实施例提供的方案进行详细描述。
本公开提供一种信息处理方法,请参考图1,包括:
步骤1:确定第一应用程序。
一些实施例中,所述第一应用程序可以是与第一业务逻辑关联,所述第一应用程序可以是根据第一业务逻辑对第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理。具体的,第一业务逻辑可以包括第一应用程序中设定的对第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理的顺序、处理流程、处理方法中的一个或多个。
步骤2:建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系。
一些实施例中,建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系的方式可以有多种,例如,可以将第一在线文档加入到第一应用程序中,或者在第一应用程序中加入第一在线文档的链接,或者在第一应用程序被打开时,自动显示第一在线文档的内容,对此不作限定。第一在线文档可以是文本文档也可以是表格文档、或者是文本文档和表格文档的混合文档。本公开所述在线文档的形式不限,例如可以是文本文档、表格文档、多媒体文档等。所述应用程序,包括运行在个人电脑(PC)、移动终端、虚拟现实(VR)设备、增强显示(AR)设备等电子设备上的一系列指令和/或数据集合,用于提供特定的服务、或进行预设的数据处理。
步骤3:根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
一些实施例中,可以根据第一应用程序的标识、类型、业务节点相关的信息等对第一在线文档进行第一处理,例如设置第一在线文档的所有者、第一在线文档的权限分配等,通过根据第一应用程序的标识、类型、业务节点相关的信息,来对第一在线文档进行处理,使得对第一在线文档的数据处理,能够适应第一应用程序本身的业务逻辑,使得在线文档承载的数据能够反映或者适配所述业务逻辑,从而一方面使得利用第一应用程序进行业务处理时,可以利用在线文档的在线协作等便利性,也能够避免在线文档的协作开放性等导致业务逻辑被破坏,提高服务的可靠性。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理,包括以下的至少一项:根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对第一在线文档的显示信息、权限信息、内部承载的内容数据中的至少一项进行处理;根据第一应用程序的业务节点关联的人员信息,对第一在线文档针对该人员(人员信息中的人员)的可显示内容、显示格式、权限信息中的至少一项进行处理;根据第一应用程序的业务节点关联的第一应用程序数据,生成所述第一在线文档、或者对所述第一在线文档中承载的内容数据进行处理。
在一些实施例中,第一在线文档的显示信息例如可以包括第一在线文档的显示尺寸、显示范围、显示位置等信息,第一在线文档的权限信息例如可以包括阅读权限、编辑权限等,第一在线文档内部承载的数据可以包括第一在线文档中所显示的数据、所能够访问的数据。第一应用程序可以具有关联的业务流程,业务流程可以包括一个或多个业务节点,根据当前业务节点对显示信息、权限信息和内部承载的内容数据中的至少一项进行处理,这样不同的业务节点可以具有不同的显示信息、权限信息和内部承载的内容数据,可以使得第一在线文档的显示与业务节点的需求相匹配,并且满足不同业务节点的权限控制和内容控制的需要。业务节点可以具有一个或多个关联的人员,人员信息可以包括关联的人的职位、负责的业务数据等。业务节点关联的业务数据例如可以包括业务节点所需要处理的事项。根据业务节点关联的人员信息对第一在线文档的可显示内容进行处理可以防止第一在线文档的信息泄露,对显示格式进行处理可以使得第一在线文档的显示格式与关联人员所习惯的显示格式相匹配,从而提高阅读体验,对权限信息进行处理可以防止篡改第一在线文档的数据。一些实施例中,业务节点关联的第一应用程序数据可以是业务节点所需要处理的数据,根据第一应用程序数据生成第一在线文档或对其承载的内容数据进行处理,可以使得第一在线文档中的数据反映业务节点的内容,例如可以在第一在线文档中承载的内容数据中记录业务节点关联的第一应用程序数据,比如记录业务节点的人员的对第一在线文档的处理结果。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系后,在所述第一应用程序的显示界面中展示用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区。一些实施例中,第一应用程序的显示界面可以是显示第一应用程序的业务数据的显示界面,在第一应用程序的显示界面中展现文档显示区,在文档显示区中可以显示第一在线文档,这样在对第一应用程序进行操作的过程中,可以随时查看第一在线文档,从而实时参考第一在线文档的内容。在本公开的一些实施例中,文档显示区能够呈现第一在线文档的内容,且能够根据操作浏览第一在线文档的内容。文档显示区的尺寸可能无法一次呈现第一在线文档的所有内容,因此可以根据操作浏览第一在线文档的内容,从而方便用户根据需要查看第一在线文档,第一在线文档的内容可以是第一在线文档承载的内容数据。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述文档显示区在所述显示界面中的显示尺寸和/或位置可调节。一些实施例中,可以是文档显示区处于展开状态时的显示尺寸可调节,一些实施例中,第一应用程序的业务数据可以显示在显示界面中,显示界面中可以显示有文档显示区,并且可以根据需要对文档显示区进行位置和尺寸的调节,从而方便用户根据需要进行显示。一些实施例中,在显示界面中可以设置例如View类的对象作为显示容器,显示容器具有初始高度和最大高度,将内联框架(例如iframe组件)设置在显示容器中,内联框架作为文档显示区,通过该View类的对象作为操作元素,通过对该显示容器进行控制可以改变文档显示区的位置。通过点击操作元素触发第一事件,此时进入拖动模式并可以记录此时控制标识的位置,在拖动模式下进行拖动或滑动等触发尺寸调节事件,通过尺寸调节事件中 获取的控制标识的位置,计算获取到的位置与进入拖动模式时的位置的位置差(例如在文档显示区高度或宽度上的位置差),根据位置差与显示容器的尺寸(例如高度或宽度)进行计算得到调节后的显示容器的尺寸,并对得到的调节后的尺寸进行安全阈值校验,如果超过最大阈值或小于最小阈值则使调节后的尺寸等于最大阈值或最小阈值,然后设置显示容器的尺寸为调节后的尺寸,可以用控制标识停止控制时的最后一次的尺寸作为显示容器的尺寸,并结束拖动模式。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率不高于第一预设频率。一些实施例中,尺寸调节频率可以是单位时间内的尺寸调节次数,单位时间例如可以是1秒或者其他时长,尺寸调节频率是对文档显示区的尺寸进行调节的次数,限定尺寸调节频率不高于第一预设频率,这样防止单位时间内调节次数过多,造成卡顿,并且当单位时间内尺寸调节频率高于第一预设频率时,也意味着该调节很可能不是由用户执行的,因为人手能够进行调节的速度不会过快,因此可以不对超过第一预设频率的尺寸调节操作进行响应。一些实施例中,在所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率超过第二预设频率时,不刷新显示界面。这样通过减少显示界面的刷新次数,从而减少对资源的消耗,并且在尺寸调节频率超过频率阈值时,人眼也几乎无法对尺寸的变化。因此可以不刷新显示界面。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度大于预设长度时,响应于第一预设操作,根据所述第一预设操作调节所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度。一些实施例中,文档显示区的第一方向可以是高度方向(纵向)或宽度方向(横向),例如文档显示区的第一边可以是文档显示区的头部,第二边可以是文档显示区的尾部,在第一边和第二边的间隔距离大于预设长度时,表明文档显示区所占用的区域面积过大,此时,可以执行第一操作以减少文档显示区的显示尺寸而无需选中文档显示区,第一预设操作可以是滚动鼠标滚轮的操作,例如通过向上滚动鼠标滚轮从而快速的收起文档显示区。这样当文档显示区显示尺寸过大时,通过直接执行第一预设操作,可以直接减小文档显示区的显示尺寸,一些实施例中,可以在执行了第一预设操作后文档显示区的在第一方向上的长度达到预设停止长度时,停止缩小第一方向上的长度。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还包括:响应于控制标识移动到所述文档显示区的第一边或第二边,改变所述控制标识的样式,在所述控制标识的样式改变后能够用于改变所述第一边或所述第二边的位置从而改变文档显示区的尺寸。一些实施例中,控制标识可以是鼠标,第一边或第二边可以分别是文档显示区顶部和底部的边,可以是在文档显示区被选取后,响应于控制标识移动到文档显示区的第一边或第二边,改变控制标识的样式,可以通过将控制标识在文档显示区悬停超过预设时长从而选取文档显示区,在文档显示区被选中后可以改变文档显示区的显示样式,例如改变文档显示区的边框的样式,然后可以将控制标识移动到第一边或第二边,此处所说的移动到第一边或第二边可以是指移动到第一边或第二边的预设范围内,例如可以为第一边或第二边设置热区,在控制标识移动到第一边或第二边的热区时,认定控制标识移动到了第一边或第二边,在控制标识移动到第一边或第二边时表明用户想要调节第一边或第二边,因此控制标识的样式发生改变,通过这种改变样式的反馈方式使得用户可以得知此时能够控制第一边或第二边,发生改变后可以通过控制标识改变第一边或第二边的位置,这样用户可自由调节文档显示区的尺寸。
一些实施例中,所述文档显示区具有收起状态和展开状态,所述文档显示区能够在所述收起状态和所述展开状态之间切换。一些实施例中,收起状态可以是仅显示第一在线文档的名称、第一在线文档的分类和第一在线文档的修改日期等简略信息而不显示具体内容的状态,此时文档显示区的显示尺寸可以为预设最小值,展开状态可以是显示第一在线文档的较多内容的状态,一些实施例中,在所述文档显示区处于展开状态时,显示第一在线文档承载的内容数据,例如可以是显示至少部分第一在线文档承载的内容的状态,在文档显示区处于收起状态时,隐藏第一在线文档承载的内容数据,即可以不显示第一在线文档承载的内容数据,展开状态时文档显示区的尺寸大于收起状态时的尺寸,展开状态时的显示尺寸可以被设定,也可以具有默认值。通过设置展开状态和收起状态,可以方便用户根据自己的需要,在不参考第一在线文档时减少其占用的显示区域。
一些实施例中,文档显示区具有关联的显示控制标识,显示控制标识可以是一个控件,显示控制标识可以显示在文档显示区,也可以是显示在第一应用程序的显示界面的固定位置,例如始终固定在屏幕顶部或屏幕底部而不随显示界面的内容的改变而改变位置,当显示在显示界面的固定位置时,不会随着滚动鼠标等改变显示界面的内容的操作而移动,显示控制标识可以始终固定的显示界面的预设位置,所述预设位置可以是预先配置的,也可以是由用户随时指定的,并且可以在显示控制标识被触发后自动将显示界面定位至文档显示区,这样无论用户在显示界面的何处都可以快速的定位至文档显示区,在文档显示区处于展开状态下,通过触发显示控制标识收起文档显示区,在文档显示区处于收起状态下,通过触发显示控制标识展开文档显示区。一些实施例中,展开状态的状态下可以显示第一在线文档的内容,也可以还显示标题、作者等关联信息,在收起状态下可以隐藏第一在线文档的内容,可以显示第一在线文档的缩略信息。缩略信息例如可以包括标题、作者等。
在本公开的一些实施例中,预先设置有文档显示区的尺寸范围;控制方法包括:根据调节文档显示区的操作确定目标尺寸,根据目标尺寸调节所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;若目标尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则将文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最大值;或者,若目标尺寸小于所述尺寸范围的最小值,则将所述文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最小值。一些实施例中,在用户对目标显示区进行调节操作后,先根据调节操作确定目标尺寸,如果目标尺寸位于尺寸范围内容,可以直接将文档显示区的显示尺寸调节为目标尺寸,如果目标尺寸位于尺寸范围外,则将文档显示区的显示尺寸设置为尺寸范围的最大值或最小值,通过设置尺寸范围可以防止文档显示区被调节的过大或过小导致显示面积利用不充分的问题。
在本公开的一些实施例中,文档显示区的显示尺寸通过如下方式确定:根据所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据的数据量确定参考尺寸;若所述参考尺寸位于预先设置的尺寸范围内,则根据所述参考尺寸设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;若所述参考尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则根据所述尺寸范围的最大值设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸。一些实施例中,上方所述的确定文档显示区的显示尺寸的方法可以用于确定处于展开状态的文档显示区的显示尺寸,且具体可以是用于确定未执行调节文档显示区的显示尺寸的操作时,所述文档显示区的显示尺寸。文档显示区的显示尺寸可以基于第一在线文档所承载的数据的数据量确定,在第一在线文档所承载的数据量变化时可以自动调节文档显示区的显示尺寸,同时设置预设的尺寸范围,避免文档显示区的显示尺寸过大影响用户查阅第一应用程序的其他内容。
在本公开的一些实施例中,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:响应于建立所述关联关系,或者,利用所述第一应用程序对第一在线文档进行处理,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序。一些实施例中,在建立所述关联关系时,或者利用所述第一应用程序进行预设处理时,可以包括开始处理时、处理过程中、处理结束时,或者处理结束后预设时长内。一些实施例中,在对第一应用程序的进行处理的过程中,需要保证第一文档数据不会被与第一应用程序无关的用户修改,因此可以在建立关联关系时,或者在对第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理时,将第一在线文档的所有权赋予第一应用程序,这样防止第一在线文档被篡改。或者一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点的关联人员,为所述关联人员赋予预设权限,且禁止所述关联人员以外的其他人员具有预设权限(例如编辑权限)、或者在根据处理阶段设置预设人员的预设权限的有效性,例如当前业务处理节点具有编辑权限的人员编辑权限有效,其他人员没有编辑权限、或者在业务处理阶段内编辑权限无效。
在本公开的一些实施例中,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:在对第一在线文档进行第一处理之后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人,或者将所示第一在线文档的所有权赋予在将第一在线文档与第一应用程序建立关联关系之前第一在线稳文档的所有人。一些实施例中,第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人可以是第一在线文档的原所有人,在第一应用程序的业务数据处理完毕后,再将所有权从第一应用程序归还给该创建人。在一些实施例 中,在将所有权赋予给第一应用程序后,可以保留创建人对第一在线文档的阅读权限,但没有编辑权限。另一些实施例中,创建人并不是第一在线文档的原所有人,因此,在对第一在线文档进行第一处理之后,需要将第一在线文档的所有权归还给原所有人,原所有人为建立关联关系之前第一在线文档的所有权的持有人。
在本公开的一些实施例中,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:在将所述第一在线文档与文档存储中心的归档地址相关联后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给预设人员。一些实施例中,在对第一在线文档进行第一处理之前、期间或之后,会将第一在线文档与文档存储中心的归档地址相关联,例如将第一在线文档存储至文档存储中心的归档地址,预设人员可以是文档存储中心的管理人员,通过将所有权赋予预设人员、或预设程序,可以避免第一在线文档在归档后被篡改。
在本公开的一些实施例中,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息。一些实施例中,第一在线文档可以按照第一应用程序关联的业务流程进行处理,业务流程可以包括一个或多个业务节点,第一在线文档的权限信息可以和当前业务节点相关,例如对于需要进行审批操作的业务节点可以开放阅读权限,对于无需使用第一在线文档的业务节点可以不开放阅读权限,另一些实施例中,第一在线文档的权限信息可以与当前业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型相关,例如当前业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档关联的业务数据的处理请求执行了驳回操作,则可以关闭所述关联人员对第一在线文档的编辑权限,如果当前业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档关联的业务数据执行了移交给其他人员的移交操作,可以将第一在线文档的阅读权限开放给被移交人员。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据当前业务节点和/或当前业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下(a)-(d)的至少一项:
(a)响应于对当前业务节点的第一处理,修改所述第一在线文档的所有者;
一些实施例中,可以是在第一在线文档的所有者被赋予给第一应用程序后,如果执行了第一处理,则根据第一处理修改第一在线文档的所有者,例如可以将第一在线文档的所有者从第一应用程序修改为其他程序或人员,使得第一在线文档的所有权符合业务处理的需要。
(b)响应于对当前业务节点的第二处理,收回预设处理节点的关联人员的预设文档权限。
一些实施例中,预设处理节点可以是一个或多个,预设文档权限可以是对第一在线文档的权限,例如可以是阅读权限或编辑权限,通过执行第一处理收回预设文档权限,从而可以防止第一在线文档被篡改或者在对第一在线文档进行修改后满足特定的保密需求。
(c)响应于对当前业务节点的第三处理,基于第一人员对第一在线文档的权限为第二人员赋予相应的对第一在线文档的权限,并且保留所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者收回所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者变更所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限。第一人员包括与所述当前业务节点关联的人员,所述第二人员包括与所述第三处理关联的人员。
一些实施例中,通过执行第三处理,可以为第二人员赋予第一在线文档的权限,从而在需要第二人员对第一在线文档进行协助处理时,方便第二人员对第一在线文档进行例如阅读等操作。
(d)响应于对当前业务节点的第四处理,对于第四处理关联的人员赋予预设文档权限。
一些实施例中,第四处理可以与人员相关联,例如第四处理可以是分享处理,通过执行第四处理可以对关联的人员赋予预设文档权限,预设文档权限例如可以是阅读权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,保留可以是保留所有权限不变,或者保留部分权限不变,收回可以是全部收回,或者部分收回,变更,可以是全部权限变更,或者部分变更,包括变更权限类型、权限有效期等。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据当前业务节点和/或当前业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下(a)-(i)的至少一项:
(a)响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,收回所述处理请求相关联业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
一些实施例中,在业务数据的创建人撤销了业务数据的处理请求,也就无需业务节点的关联人员对业务数据进行处理,因此,将收回业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限,以防止第一在线文档被篡改。
(b)响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,重置所述第一在线文档的权限,在创建人撤销了第一应用程序的业务数据的处理,即第一业务逻辑终止,因此需要重置所述第一在线文档的权限,例如将第一文档的权限设置重置为与所述第一应用程序关联前的状态,或将第一在线文档的权限归还给第一在线文档的原所有人。一些实施例中,还可以一并收回所有业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
(c)响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予所述创建人、或者将第一在线文档的所有权赋予在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人。
一些实施例中,如果创建人撤销了第一应用程序的业务数据的处理,则可以将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予创建人或者归还给建立关联关系之前第一在线文档的所有人,并可以收回所有业务节点的人员对第一在线文档的权限。
(d)响应于业务节点的关联人员驳回第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,收回业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
一些实施例中,在驳回第一应用程序的业务数据后,也表明第一业务逻辑终止。因此需要收回第一在线文档的权限,一些实施例中,还可以在驳回业务数据的处理请求后将文档所有权从赋予所述创建人。
(e)响应于业务节点的关联人员将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员,为所述另一人员赋予相应的文档权限。
一些实施例中,在将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员时,即由另一人员代为处理,此时另一人员需要基于第一在线文档进行处理,因此需要赋予其相应的文档权限,一些实施例中,另一人员所具有的权限不应超过转交人的权限,赋予给另一人员的文档权限可以和当前业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权项相同,即可以将业务节点的人员的权限应用到另一人上,赋予给另一人员的文档权限也可以是业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的子集。一些实施例中,可以保留业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
(f)响应于业务节点的关联人员增加了业务节点,基于业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为增加的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限。
一些实施例中,在增加了业务节点后,增加的业务节点的关联人员可能需要访问或编辑第一在线文档,因此可能需要为其赋予相应的对第一在线文档的权限,但由于是业务节点的关联人员创建的业务节点,因此其对第一在线文档的权限不应超过业务节点的关联人员。一些实施例中,在增加了业务节点后,保留、或变更业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
(g)响应于在业务节点被移除,收回或变更被移除的业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限。
一些实施例中,在业务节点被移除后,该移除的业务节点的关联人员不再对第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理,因此需要收回赋予给被移除业务节点的关联人员的权限或者变更被移除的业务节点的关联人员的权限,例如将被移除的业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限由编辑权限变更为阅读权限。
(h)响应于业务节点的关联人员将处理流程被回退到业务节点之前的业务节点,为所述之前的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限。
一些实施例中,可以根据回退到的业务节点的节点类型、或者回退到的业务节点的权限配置,为位于回退到的业务节点的关联人员赋予权限。另一些实施例中,可以根据业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为之前的业务节点的关联人员赋予对第一在线文档的文档权限,可以是将业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的全部或部分权限应用到之前业务节点的关联人员。
(i)响应于第一应用程序的业务数据被抄送或分享给第三人员,为所述第三人员赋予第一在线文档的预设权限。
一些实施例中,业务数据可以被抄送或分享,被抄送或分享的第三人员对第一应用程序的业务数据中的第一在线文档具有预设权限,预设权限例如可以是阅读权限,这样可以使得第三人员可以基于预设权限执行对第一在线文档的操作,从而基于对第一在线文档的操作来进行业务处理。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理过程中,当前业务节点中对第一在线文档具有编辑权限的关联人员能够对所述第一在线文档进行编辑,非当前业务节点的关联人员或不具有第一在线文档的编辑权限的关联人员不能对所述第一在线文档进行编辑。一些实施例中,业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的有效期与业务节点的持续时间相关,在所述业务节点的处理期间之内,业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对第一在线文档的权限有效,在业务节点处理期间之外,业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对所述第一在线文档的权限无效或者变更为其他权限。所述第一在线文档的编辑权限仅开放给当前业务节点中具有编辑权限的人员,为了防止某一个业务节点进行处理的过程中,第一在线文档被篡改,因此只有当前业务节点能够对第一在线文档进行编辑,且对第一在线文档进行编辑的人员必须具有第一在线文档的编辑权限,在第一应用程序的业务数据处理完毕后,则可以收回分配给业务节点的人员的权限,或者可以将对第一在线文档的权限变更为阅读权限。一些实施例中,对于非当前业务节点的人员,如果其具有对第一在线文档的阅读权限或编辑权限,可以在第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理的过程中对第一在线文档进行阅读但不可编辑,如果没有阅读权限,则无法查阅第一在线文档,因此通过保留相关人员的阅读权限可以使其了解业务处理的相关信息,通过在基于业务处理流程使得编辑权限失效、或者变更为阅读权限,避免业务数据被篡改。一些实施例中,对于业务节点的关联人员,如果其具有对第一在线文档具有编辑权限,在该关联人员的业务节点不是当前业务节点时,可以将其对第一在线文档的编辑权限改为阅读权限,或者,可以是指定第一在线文档的编辑权限只在关联人员的业务处理节点为当前业务处理节点时才开启,其余时间可以只开启阅读权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,通过如下方式中的至少一种为所述业务节点关联的人员开放所述第一在线文档的权限:将所述业务节点关联的人员添加为所述第一在线文档的协作者,并赋予预先设定的权限;或者,开启所述第一在线文档的链接分享功能,所述链接分享功能用于指示获得所述第一在线文档的分享链接的用户具有预设权限,获得所述分享链接的用户基于所述链接分享的访问限制条件访问所述第一在线文档。一些实施例中,访问限制条件,可以包括输入预设密码才能访问,或者用户的属性满足预设条件才能访问,例如在用户关联的组织标识、部门标识等满足预设条件时才能访问。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理后,收回所述业务节点的关联人员对所述第一在线文档的权限。一些实施例中,在进行第一处理后收回对第一在线文档的权限,各个人员对第一在线文档的权限可以恢复到确定第一应用程序之前的状态,从而防止关联人员对第一在线文档进行篡改。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据包括处理摘要信息,其中,所述处理摘要信息用于表征所述业务处理的相关信息。
一些实施例中,处理摘要信息可以是与业务处理相关的信息,所述处理摘要信息所表征的所述业务处理的相关信息包括以下至少一项:处理节点或第一应用程序的链接、处理进度信息、处理时间信息、处理人员信息、第一在线文档的文档变更记录。一些实施例中,通过处理摘要信息可以了解第一 应用程序的处理流程和各个处理节点的状态,以方便当前业务节点的关联人员参考处理摘要信息对第一在线文档进行处理。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据进行处理包括:根据第一应用程序业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述处理摘要信息。一些实施例中,处理摘要信息与处理节点的处理相关,处理摘要信息可以随着处理节点的处理而改变,从而使得处理摘要信息能够反应对第一在线文档的处理情况。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据进行处理,包括:在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息或处理摘要信息的链接,可以根据当前业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述处理摘要信息。一些实施例中,可以是直接在第一在线文档内显示处理摘要信息,也可以是显示处理摘要信息的链接,触发链接后显示处理摘要信息。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据进行处理,包括:在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息中当前业务节点的关联人员具有查看权限的部分,可以根据当前业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述处理摘要信息。一些实施例中,可以是在第一在线文档内具有处理摘要信息,但是否显示处理摘要信息需要根据当前业务节点的关联人员的权限确定,只显示当前处理节点的关联人员具有查看权限的部分。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据当前处理节点,对所述摘要信息进行处理,包括:在所述第一在线文档内显示第二文档或第二文档的链接,所述第二文档用于记录所述处理摘要信息,可以根据当前业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述第二文档。在一些实施例中,可以是在第二文档中显示处理摘要信息,第二文档可以显示在第一在线文档中,或链接到第一在线文档中。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据当前处理节点,对所述摘要信息进行处理,包括:在对第一在线文档进行的第一处理结束后,将处理摘要信息显示在所述第一在线文档中。一些实施例中,在对第一在线文档进行处理的过程中可以不显示处理摘要信息,可以是在处理完毕后再显示处理摘要信息,以实现信息的完整化显示。
在本公开的一些实施例中,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,包括:响应建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否为所述第一在线文档的所有者;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息。一些实施例中,根据第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息对第一在线文档的业务数据进行第一处理,因此需要保证具有对第一在线文档具有足够的权限,基于此要求第一应用程序的业务数据的创建者具有对第一在线文档的最高权限,因此只有在第一应用程序的业务数据的创建者为第一在线文档的所有者时,才能够建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,否则,不能建立该关联关系,并显示提示信息。
在本公开的另一些实施例中,响应于建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否具有所述第一在线文档的所有者赋予的授权;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息。一些实施例中,在建立关联关系时,如果创建人具有所有者赋予的授权,则可以建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,否则无法建立关联关系,可以显示提示信息。
在一些实施例中,所述提示信息中显示有如下的至少一个:所述第一在线文档的所有者的通信方式、所述第一在线文档的所有者的名片、用于被触发后联系所述第一在线文档的所有者的控件、向所有人申请转移所有权的入口、向所有人申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口。一些实施例中,在第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人不是第一在线文档的所有者时,无法建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,因此,此时可以显示第一在线文档的所有者的相关信息,以方便联系第一在线文档的所有者,从而获取到第一在线文档的所有权,进而实现第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联,也可以是显示申请转移所有权的入口或是向所有人申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口,从而缩短创建人的操作路径。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还包括:响应于所述申请转移所有权的入口被触发,或所述申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口被触发,向所述所有者发送通知消息,所述通知消息包括以下至少一项:所述第一应用程序的信息、所述第一在线文档的信息、所述创建人的备注信息。一些实施例中,在申请转移所有权的入口被触发后向所有人申请转移第一在线文档的所有权,在申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口被触发后,向所有者申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序相关联,因此为了方便所有人确定是否转移所有权以及是否将第一在线文档与第一应用程序相关联,因此需要向第一在线文档得所有权的所有人发送通知消息,以方便第一在线文档的所有权的所有人确定是否转移第一在线文档的所有权以及是否将第一在线文档与第一应用程序相关联。
在本公开的一些实施例中,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系可以包括:在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加第一在线文档或预先配置所述第一应用程序与所述第一在线文档的关联关系。一些实施例中,第一应用程序的显示界面可以是第一应用程序的业务数据的显示界面,即可以在第一应用程序的业务数据中添加第一在线文档,可以是在显示界面中添加第一在线文档的链接或直接显示第一在线文档的内容,可以是根据系统或者用户的设置预先配置第一应用程与第一在线文档的关联关系。
在本公开的一些实施例中,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,还包括:确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据模板所关联的第一归档地址,其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的归档地址,第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为基于所述业务数据模板建立的业务数据所关联的在线文档;在达到预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第一归档地址相关联。
一些实施例中,可以是预先建立有业务数据模板,例如由系统的后台管理员配置业务数据模板,业务数据模板可以配置有关联的归档地址,使得基于该业务数据模板建立的业务数据的处理请求,其相关联的第一在线文档都存储在该指定归档地址中,从而可以实现指定类型的业务数据,例如指定类型的审批表单,都可以自动归档到归档地址,避免处理节点的关联人员手动选择导致归档错误。
在本公开的一些实施例中,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,还包括:响应于在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加第一在线文档的操作,显示文档存储中心的归档地址选择页面,根据选中的第二归档地址,在到达预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第二归档地址关联。
一些实施例中,可以由关联人员手动选择归档地址,可以将第一在线文档存储至第二归档地址,另一些实施例中,可以是在业务数据模板中设定了在线文档的第一归档地址,第二归档地址基于第一归档地址确定,第二归档地址可以为第一归档地址中的子地址,例如第一归档地址可以为较大的范围,第二归档地址为第一归档地址内选择的地址。从而既能保证归档地址相对准确,又能够保持一定的灵活性。
一些实施例中,所述预设时机包括:到达或完成第一应用程序的预设业务节点。例如到达归档节点,例如到达审批完成后的预设归档时间,或者完成业务数据处理请求,例如完成审批请求。一些实施例中,通过设定预设时机,可以只在业务流程到达预设业务节点时存储第一在线文档,实现阶段性保存,其可以作为处理过程中的数据保全,方便之后进行数据核实。
在一些实施例中,还包括:响应于创建操作,设置所述第一应用程序的业务节点以及所述业务节点关联的人员的文档权限。一些实施例中,创建操作例如可以是创建第一应用程序的业务数据的操作,一些实施例中,第一应用程序可以包括一个或多个业务节点,在业务节点可以关联有人员,关联的人员可以是对第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理的处理人员,例如审核人员。不同的业务节点、或者不同的人员对于第一在线文档的文档权限可以不同,文档权限可以为对第一在线文档的权限,例如可以分为阅读权限和编辑权限。一些实施例中,根据所述业务节点的职能、所述关联的人员的角色、所述第一在线文档的类型和所述第一应用程序的类型中的至少一项,设置所述业务节点的关联人员的文档权限。例如,如果对业务节点的职能为审核,则可以只为其开启阅读的文档权限,如果对业务节点的 职能包括数据处理,则可以为其开启编辑的文档权限,关联的人员的角色例如可以为审核角色、数据处理角色等,一些实施例中,第一应用程序具有类型,类型可以对应有保密程度,比如可以为不同的类型的应用程序设定不同的等级,同时为人员设定不同的等级,第一类型的应用程序对应等级1,对于等级1的应用程序所关联的在线文档,等级1的人员对其具有编辑权限,对于等级2的应用程序所关联的在线文档,等级1的人员对其只有阅读权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,确定第一应用程序之前,还包括:创建业务数据模板,在所述业务数据模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;所述第一应用程序全部或部分的业务数据基于所述业务数据模板建立。一些实施例中,预先建立有业务数据模板,基于业务数据模板建立第一应用程序的部分或全部业务数据,并可以基于该在线文档的控件添加第一在线文档,通过设定业务数据模板从而简化了业务数据的创建过程并保证业务数据的统一规范。
在一些实施例中,基于第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息对第一在线文档进行处理,其中,所述业务节点相关的信息包括以下至少一项:业务节点、业务节点关联的人员信息、业务节点关联的业务数据。一些实施例中,业务节点相关的信息中可以记录有哪些业务节点(业务节点)、业务节点的处理人等关联的人,以及在该业务节点需要处理的业务数据。
在本公开的一些实施例中,若存在与第一应用程序的两个以上业务节点相关联的第一人员,可以包括如下处理:在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的尚未开始的第二业务节点开始前,若第一在线文档的内容发生了变更,则所述第一人员仍需在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理;或者,在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的第二业务节点开始前,若所述第一在线文档的内容未变更,则无需所述第一人员在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理。
一些实施例中,第一人员与至少两个业务节点相关联,因此其在第一业务节点处理了第一在线文档,如果第一在线文档在之后的第二业务节点开始前没有变化,那么就不再重复对其进行处理,从而减少人力的浪费,如果第一在线文档发生了变化,例如人员对第一在线文档进行了编辑,则仍然需要在之后的第二业务节点对其进行处理。一些实施例中,第一在线文档的内容可以与其版本号相关,因此可以基于所述第一在线文档的版本号确定所述第一在线文档的内容是否发生了变更,这样无需对第一在线文档的全文进行检测,若所述第一在线文档的版本号发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容发生了变更;或者,若所述第一在线文档的版本号未发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容未发生变更。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述第一应用程序与第一业务逻辑关联,所述第一应用程序根据所述第一业务逻辑对所述第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理,对所述第一在线文档进行的第一处理与所述第一业务逻辑相关。一些实施例中,第一应用程序的第一业务逻辑可以包括第一应用程序的处理流程、处理规则等中的至少一个。
在本公开的一些实施例中,基于所述业务节点在所述业务逻辑中的作用,根据所述业务节点相关的信息对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理。一些实施例中,不同的业务节点在业务逻辑中的作用可以不同,不同的业务节点可以需要对第一在线文档进行不同的处理,基于业务节点相关的信息对第一在线文档进行第一处理,使得第一在线文档的处理与业务逻辑相匹配。
在一些实施例中,第一应用程序可以有多种呈现形式,例如独立的应用程序,或者嵌入或基于在其他程序的子程序、小程序等。第一应用程序可以是目标通信软件的小程序。
在本公开的一些实施例中,信息处理方法还包括:在所述第一应用程序的业务节点的处理人员的目标通信软件的控件中显示所述第一应用程序的业务数据。一些实施例中,目标通信软件可以是预先设定的,将其与第一应用程序通信,从而可以在目标通信软件中显示第一应用程序的业务数据,这样对于不具有第一应用程序的访问权限的用户,可以通过目标通信软件对第一应用程序的业务数据进行 处理。一些实施例中,部分人员可能没有第一应用程序的访问权限,无法提交第一应用程序的业务数据,借助在线文档的权限扩散能力,可以让不具有权限的用户完成业务数据的提交。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述第一应用程序可以是审批程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的审批节点,审批节点关联的人员,例如审批人、抄送人、提单人员(提出审批申请的人员)等。具体的,审批程序可以是对业务的审批程序,例如资质审批程序、合同审批程序等。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述第一应用程序可以是汇报程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的汇报节点、汇报节点关联的人员,例如汇报的对象、汇报的抄送人员等。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述第一应用程序包括项目管理程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的项目处理节点和/或项目处理节点关联的人员。示例的,项目管理程序可以是企业内部的项目管理程序。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还提出一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法,包括:响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
具体的,基于在线文档的审批处理方法可以用于服务器、电脑、平板、手机等终端,第一操作可以包括一个或多个数据,例如可以是打开业务数据的处理程序的操作,处理程序可以是审批程序,在执行了第一操作后,显示待处理业务数据,待处理的业务数据例如可以是需要进行审批操作的业务数据,当前的用户可以是审批业务数据的审批人员,当前的用户可以执行第二操作,从而基于第一在线文档对业务数据进行例如同意、驳回、退回上一节点等处理。一些实施例中,通过在业务数据中关联第一在线文档,从而利用在线文档的扩散能力,方便用户对业务数据进行处理。
在本公开的一些实施例中,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理包括:所述第二操作是基于所述第一在线文档做出的,所述第一在线文档的内容和/或权限信息与所述待处理的业务数据所处的业务节点和/或所述业务节点的关联人员相关。一些实施例中,第二操作可以是基于第一在线文档做出的例如同意、驳回、转移到其他人员等操作,第一在线文档提供了第二操作的操作参考,第一在线文档的内容和权限信息的具体处理方式,可以参考本公开其他部分所公开的具体方案,在此不赘述。
在本公开的一些实施例中一种基于在线文档的数据处理方法,包括:
响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,其中,所述业务数据模板中可以具有用于关联在线文档的控件,所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。在本公开的一些实施例中,业务数据模板可以用于创建业务数据,由于业务数据模板中具有添加在线文档的控件,因此基于业务数据模板创建的业务处理表单和业务处理流程可以与通过控件添加的第一在线文档相关联,本公开实施例中提出的方法,可以通过构建业务数据模板从而构建与第一在线文档关联的业务处理表单或业务处理流程,方便业务处理表单或业务处理流程的处理人员基于第一在线文档对业务数据进行处理。
在一些实施例中,还包括响应于第二创建事件,基于所述业务数据模板创建业务处理表单,并通过所述控件将所述业务处理表单与第一在线文档相关联,或者,响应于第二创建事件,基于所述业务数据模板创建业务处理流程,并通过所述控件将所述业务处理流程与第一在线文档相关联。
具体的,第一创建事件和第二创建事件可以包括一个或多个操作,业务数据模块可以是本公开任一提到的业务数据模板,由于业务数据模板中具有关联在线文档的控件,因此可以采用控件将创建的业务处理表单与第一在线文档相关联,或者将基于业务数据目标创建的业务处理流程与第一在线文档相关联,从而利用在线文档的扩散能力和易于分享的特点,方便用户对业务处理表单或业务处理流程进行处理。
在本公开的一些实施例中,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:响应于权限设置事件,确定业务数据模板的业务处理节点的关联人员对所述在线文档的操作权限,其中,所述业务处理 节点与所述业务数据模板相关联,对通过所述业务数据模板的控件添加的在线文档均应用所述操作权限。在一些实施例中,权限设置事件可以是第一创建事件中的部分事件,本公开实施例可以用于管理后台的应用场景,这个应用场景下需要设置业务数据模板的业务处理节点关联人员对关联文档的操作权限,该操作权限并不是局限于一个特定的在线文档,对通过业务数据模板的控件添加的在线文档,均应用该操作权限,而与具体添加的是哪一个在线文档无关,使得权限的管理依托于业务数据模板,而不受到具体的在线文档的限制,提高了权限控制的统一性和便捷性。
在本公开的一些实施例中,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:响应于地址设置事件,确定所述业务数据模板关联的第一归档地址;其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的地址,所述第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为通过所述控件所关联的在线文档。一些实施例中,在创建业务数据模板时选择第一归档地址,从而使得通过控件关联的在线文档能够在预设时机将在线文档归档至第一归档地址,使得文档的归档依托于业务数据模板,通过业务数据模板添加的在线文档被统一存储。
本公开实施例中提出一种信息处理装置,包括:确定单元,用于确定第一应用程序;创建单元,用于建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;控制单元,用于根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
本公开实施例中还提出一种基于在线文档的业务处理装置,包括:
显示单元,用于响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
处理单元,用于响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
本公开实施例中还提出一种基于在线文档的数据处理装置,包括:
创建单元,用于响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板;
所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
在企业内部,有时需要对项目内容、工作内容、商品资质、规章制度进行审批,通常先触发处理流程,然后创建审批任务,审批任务通常需要由多个负责人员进行审批。
下面以审批程序为例,对本公开的方案进行示例性介绍:在企业内部,有时会需要对一些事项进行审批,例如对公文、制度、资质、合同等进行审批,在审批的过程中,有时需要查阅相关的文档作为参考。
在一些实施例中,信息的处理方法包括:
S11:响应于第一操作事件,创建业务数据,所述业务数据中具有关联的第一在线文档。
一些实施例中,该信息处理方法可以用于审批程序等第一应用程序,可以是在确定第一应用程序之后,在第一应用程序中创建业务数据(业务数据可以是第一应用程序的业务数据),第一操作事件,例如可以包括一个或多个操作,例如可以是业务数据创建操作,可以是业务数据的创建人执行第一操作事件,业务数据例如可以是公文审批、请假审批、制度审批、决策审批等,业务数据中具有第一在线文档(也可以称为云文档),第一在线文档可以是存储在云空间中,例如可以是存储在服务器中,第一在线文档可以是业务数据的创建人所创建的文档。业务数据可以以任务事项的形式进行显示,在其中可以插入文档显示区,在文档显示区中显示,可以是在创建业务数据时、或者之后建立第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系。
S12:响应于第二操作事件,触发所述业务数据的处理流程。
一些实施例中,第二操作事件可以包括一个或多个操作步骤,第二操作事件例如可以是提交业务数据的事件,在触发了第二操作事件后,开始进行业务数据的处理流程(也可称为业务处理流程),可以是按照第一业务逻辑开始执行业务处理逻辑,第一业务逻辑可以是处理流程,触发业务数据的处 理流程后,可以对根据第一应用程序的业务处理节点业务节点相关的信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
在本公开的一些实施例中,可以创建具有第一在线文档的业务数据,这样对于进行审核的人员,可以在业务数据中查看到第一在线文档,第一在线文档例如可以是业务数据的关联信息的文档,从而方便处理人员对进行审批时查阅关联信息。
在本公开的一些实施例中,响应于第一操作事件,创建业务数据之前,还包括:响应于流程创建操作,设置所述处理流程的业务节点以及所述业务节点的处理人的文档权限。一些实施例中,业务数据的处理流程中可以包括一个或多个业务节点,业务节点可以具有对应的处理人,可以为业务数据的业务节点设置文档权限,处理人的文档权限例如可以是阅读权限、编辑权限,基于文档权限确定处理人对业务数据中的在线文档的权限,以实现权限管理。一些实施例中,可以对业务节点进行在线文档的阅读权限、编辑权限的设置,设定哪些节点可以阅读在线文档或编辑在线文档。
在本公开的一些实施例中,响应于第一操作事件,创建业务数据之前,还包括:创建业务数据的业务数据模板,在所述业务数据模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;所述业务数据基于所述业务数据模板所建立。一些实施例中,业务数据的业务数据模板可以是表单模块,可以预先设计处理业务数据模板用于创建第一应用程序的业务数据,请参考图2,图2示意性的显示了业务数据模板,业务数据模板中可以具有用于添加在线文档(云文档)的控件,例如可以提供多个控件,供选择添加,请参考图3,图3中添加了文本控件,云文档控件,可以是由审批程序的管理员创建业务数据的业务数据模板,在创建了业务数据模板后,业务数据的创建人(申请人)发起申请,并基于业务数据模板创建业务数据,通过用于添加在线文档的控件加入第一在线文档。当然,在业务数据模板中还可以通过触发添加控件选项增加其他控件,在增加了其他控件后可以输入控件名称。对于用于添加在线文档的控件,其具有输入框,输入框用于展示在线文档,输入框中具有默认的提示文字(例如图3中的“请输入云文档链接”),提示文字可编辑,对于提示文字可以支持不同语言。一些实施例中,业务数据可被输出,例如可以被打印或者被存储为特定的文件,在第一审批文档被输出后,输出的内容中可以显示有业务数据中包括的控件和控件中的内容,即输出有用于显示在线文档的控件的名称,以及第一在线文档的文档名称,例如用于添加在线文档的控件的名称为“云文档”,则将第一审批文档输出后将输出第一在线文档的文档名称。在一些实施例中,在创建业务数据的业务数据模板后,可以显示业务数据模板的预览图,例如可以显示不同用户的视角的预览图(如图3所示的审批人视角和申请人视角),从而查看实现效果。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在响应于第一操作事件,创建业务数据,包括:响应于对业务数据创建控件的触发操作,显示业务数据创建界面(业务数据创建界面可以有业务数据模板),在业务数据创建界面中显示有用于添加在线文档的控件,响应于对用于添加在线文档的控件的触发操作,显示文档添加界面,一些实施例中,文档添加界面中可以显示有推荐的在线文档,在文档添加界面可以显示有搜索框,可以在搜索框中输入文档标题或文档地址等信息,以搜索在线文档,对于搜索在线文档时可以在搜索到的在线文档的关联区域中显示当前用户对该在线文档的权限,对于搜索到的在线文档可以进行选择添加。可以在文档添加页面中添加第一在线文档,并将第一在线文档显示在业务数据创建界面的文档显示区内,可以在业务数据创建界面中输入第一操作事项的关联信息,响应于对文档创建界面的确定控件的触发操作,完成第一操作事项的创建。一些实施例中,只有第一在线文档的所有者,才能将第一在线文档添加到第一操作事项,如图4所示,如果第一操作事项的创建人不是第一在线文档的所有者,在第一操作事项中添加第一在线文档时可以发出提示信息,提示信息中可以显示第一在线文档的所有者,例如显示第一在线文档的所有者的通信方式或者名片,或者可以在提示信息中显示用于被触发后联系第一在线文档的所有者的控件,这样方便向第一在线文档的所有者申请权限。
一些实施例中,如图5所示,由第一应用程序的管理员进行处理流程的创建,然后进行处理流程的设计,设置各节点的文档权限,以及进行表单(业务数据模板)设计插入文档模块(用于添加在线 文档的控件),在处理流程创建成功后,由申请人进行发起流程申请,在业务数据模板的基础上进行填写并添加在线文档,在申请成功后,由业务节点的关联人员(例如处理人)进行审批,审批时可以查看在线文档以及编辑在线文档,在确认无误后,审批通过,业务节点流向下一个节点。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还包括:在创建业务数据模板时,确定业务数据模板中的在线文档的保存地址,将基于业务数据模板创建的业务数据中的在线文档保存到所述保存地址。或者,在创建业务数据时,确定第一在线文档的保存地址,将所述第一在线文档保存到所述保存地址中。一些实施例中,可以提供保存控件,通过保存控件控制是否保存在线文档。响应于确定要保存在线文档,提供确定保存在线文档的地址的界面,根据选取的地址或输入的地址作为保存在线文档的地址。一些实施例中,在线文档的保存地址,例如,第一在线文档的保存地址,可以是文档存储中心的节点,由选取的在线文档存储中心(简称wiki)节点作为保存地址,并提供选项选择是否将在线文档(例如第一文档)的所有者给wiki负责人。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还包括:响应于处理流程的当前业务节点的处理人对第一应用程序的业务数据的触发操作,查阅第一应用程序的业务数据,响应于所述处理人对应用程序的业务数据的处理操作,根据处理操作执行对应的业务数据。当前业务节点的处理人可以查看业务数据,在其具有对第一在线文档的阅读或编辑权限时,可以阅读或编辑第一在线文档,处理人可以处理业务数据,例如同意第一应用程序的业务数据使得处理流程流向下一个业务节点,或者反对该业务数据,从而结束该处理流程。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在目标通信软件的控件(例如小程序)中创建第一应用程序的业务数据。在一些实施例中,第一应用程序与目标通信软件之间相关联,第一应用程序和目标通信软件中的账号相互关联,可以通过目标通信软件的控件执行本公开实施例中的方法,例如创建业务数据以及触发业务数据的处理流程。
在本公开的一些实施例中,还包括:在所述处理流程的业务节点的处理人员的目标通信软件的控件中显示所述业务数据。在一些实施例中,方法的执行方可以是审批程序等第一应用程序,第一应用程序可以与目标通信软件相互通信关联,目标通信软件例如可以是即使通信软件,第一应用程序和目标通信软件的用户账号相互关联,通过账号进行匹配通信,从而实现了两个软件系统之间的集成,通过账号作为匹配,实现了第一应用程序和目标软件的通信,目标通信软件中的节点的处理人员可以通过目标通信软件对业务数据和第一在线文档进行处理和访问,可以在具有评论权限对第一在线文档进行评论、在具有阅读权限时对第一在线文档进行阅读,在具有编辑权限时对第一在线文档进行编辑,并且在处理人员在目标通信软件上对业务数据和第一在线文档进行的操作会被同步到第一应用程序中。
一些实施例中,所述业务节点关联的人员包括:不具有所述第一应用程序的目标权限的目标人员;所述方法包括:响应于所述目标人员对所述目标通信软件所显示的第一在线文档的操作,对所述业务数据进行处理。一些实施例中,目标权限可以是第一应用程序的访问权限,这样用户可以在不具有第一应用程序的访问权限或材料提交权限时,方便处理业务数据,而无需为用户开放第一应用程序的访问权限,通过目标通信软件,借助第一文档的评论、编辑等权限扩散能力,让第一应用程序的外部用户完成业务数据的处理或材料提交工作。举例而言,用于显示业务数据的控件可以被嵌入到目标通信程序的小程序中,例如嵌入到目标通信软件的审批组件、汇报组件、任务与关键节点组件或者其他组件中,通过组件可以查看、处理业务数据以及第一在线文档,凡是需要使用文档进行信息承载的业务场景,均可以使用该技术方案。图6示意性的显示了第一应用程序的显示界面,其中显示了业务数据列表,在业务数据列表中被选取的业务数据会进行详情显示。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在第一操作事项的关联人员(创建人、处理人等)的目标通信软件中显示有业务数据的入口标识(业务数据列表中的项目),在入口标识被触发后,显示业务数据的内容,其中入口标识中可以显示有业务数据中的第一在线文档的名称。如图7所示,也可以显示有业务处理流程业务节点的相关信息,例如业务节点的关联人员和对业务数据处理状态。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在所述业务数据的显示界面中具有用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区,所述文档显示区,所述文档显示区的尺寸和/或位置可调节。在本公开的一些实施例中,可以通过在显示业务数据的控件中设置内联框架,采用内联框架作为文档显示区显示第一在线文档,内联框架可以是iframe框架,例如在目标通信软件的小程序中显示业务数据时,可以在小程序中加载内联框架,在内联框架中显示第一在线文档。显示第一在线文档的文档显示区的尺寸可调节,可以调节文档显示区的长宽,文档显示区的显示位置可以自由移动,从而提高用户的使用体验。
一些实施例中,可以通过如下方式实现文档显示区的长度尺寸的调节,此处的长度尺寸可以是文档显示区的显示长度,显示长度可以是指显示界面的纵向上的尺寸。在显示业务数据的控件中,设置显示容器,显示容器可以是View对象,显示容器可以具有初始长度和最大长度,内联框架设置在显示容器中,可以通过拖动显示容器的边缘的方式改变文档显示区的长度尺寸,显示容器作为拖曳的操作对象,显示容器可以设置在第一操作事项的显示区域中,且在第一操作事项的显示区域中的屏幕z轴方向(z轴方向垂直于屏幕,朝向屏幕外侧)的高度高于第一操作事项的显示区域中的其他元素,以防止显示容器不被其他元素遮挡,且显示容器的长度尺寸不小于最小预设值,从而保证显示容器能够被操作。
在本公开的一些实施例中,文档显示区具有关联的操作元素,操作元素例如可以是以上所述的显示容器,通过触发操作元素进入第一模式,在进入第一模式后,可以通过拖动或预设的方式调节文档显示区的尺寸。一些实施例中,在操作元素被触发后,记录当前的第一高度位置(例如鼠标或手指的位置),当前的第一高度位置可以是指在文档显示区的长度的方向上的位置,可以在第一模式中通过拖动或滑动等预设操作,获取预设操作结束时的第二高度位置(例如在文档显示区的长度的方向上的高度位置),根据第一高度位置和第二高度位置确定高度差值,根据高度差值以及进行预设操作之前文档显示区的尺寸,对文档显示区的尺寸进行调节,得到调节后的文档显示区的尺寸并显示。一些实施例中,预先设置有文档显示区的尺寸范围,如果调节的文档显示区的尺寸大于尺寸范围的最大值,则将文档显示区的尺寸设置为尺寸范围的最大值,如果调节后的文档显示区的尺寸小于尺寸范围的最小值,则将文档显示区的尺寸设置为尺寸范围的最小值。以下列举一个具体的实施例:通过点击操作元素触发开始事件,此时进入拖动模式并记录此时的(鼠标或者手指)在文档显示区的长度方向上的高度位置,在拖动模式下按住鼠标或按住屏幕(触摸屏时)进行拖动或滑动触发移动调节事件,通过每次移动调节事件中获取的鼠标(或手指)位置,计算获取到的高度位置与进入拖拽模式时记录的高度位置进行差值(存在负值)计算,然后在现有的文档显示区的尺寸基础上增加计算出差值得到新的尺寸,对于得到的新的尺寸进行阈值校验,如果超出阈值则令其停止在阈值边缘(即最大值或最小值),然后设置文档显示区的尺寸,最后松开鼠标(或手指)时,记录在本次拖动模式中最后一次设置的尺寸,根据最后一次设置的尺寸调节文档显示区的尺寸,然后关闭拖动模式。
在本公开的一些实施例中,请参考图8(a),文档显示区具有第一边和第二边,第一边和第二边可以为文档显示区在显示业务数据的显示界面的纵向方向上的边,响应于对文档显示区的选取操作,选取操作可以是将鼠标等控制标识悬浮在文档显示区,在选取了文档显示区后,如图8(b)可以改变文档显示区的显示样式,响应于在文档显示区被选取后执行的第一预设操作,固定文档显示区的第一边在显示界面的位置,改变第二边在显示界面的位置,例如第一预设操作可以是向上滚动鼠标的操作,第一边可以是在显示界面的纵向上文档显示区的上边沿,第二边为显示界面的纵向上文档显示区的下边沿,在选取了文档显示区后通过转动鼠标转轴可以固定上边沿改变下边沿的位置从而改变文档显示区的大小,如图8(c),例如可以通过向第一方向转动鼠标转轴的方式实现快速收起文档显示区,通过向第二方向转动鼠标转轴的方式实现快速拉伸文档显示区。在本公开的一些实施例中,当文档显示区的第一边和第二边之间的间隔距离大于预设距离,若执行第二预设操作,则固定第一边在显示界面的位置不动,并减小第二边与第一边之间的距离,例如,第一边为文档显示区的上边沿,第二边为文档显示区的下边沿,在第一边和第二边之间的间隔距离较大时,用户查看第一操作事项会受到阻碍,因此 可以执行第二预设操作(例如向上滚筒鼠标转轴),固定第一边不同,改变第二边的位置减少第一边和第二边之间的间隔距离,实现快速收起第一在线文档的技术效果,解决文档显示区过长导致的用户查看其它信息受到阻碍的问题,即当文档显示区大于等于默认高度时可以通过向上滚动时固定文档显示区的头部(第一边),可快捷收起第一在线文档,在一些实施例中,文档显示区的第一边和第二边之间的间隔距离不得小于预设最小值,当两者之间的间隔距离达到预设最小值时,无法继续减小文档显示区在纵向上的尺寸。在一些实施例中,如图8(c)文档显示区显示有收起控件,在收起控件被触发后,收起文档显示区,例如隐藏文档显示区,此时可以只显示一个第一在线文档的标识,在收起文档显示区之后,如图8(d)可以显示展开标识,在展开标识被触发后,显示文档显示区。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在文档显示区被选取后,当控制标识(例如鼠标)移动到文档显示区的第一边或第二边的边缘时可以改变控制标识的样式,在控制标识的样式改变后,该控制标识能够用于改变所述第一边或第二边的位置,从而改变文档显示区的尺寸。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在业务数据的显示界面中,第一在线文档的文档显示区的默认尺寸取决于第一在线文档的内容量,在第一在线文档的内容量大于内容量阈值时,可以采用第一预设尺寸,在第一在线文档的内容量不大于内容量阈值时,采用第二预设尺寸,第一预设尺寸大于第二预设尺寸。文档显示区可以位于业务数据的显示界面中业务数据的标题以下的区域。
在本公开的一些实施例中,为了保证控制的流畅度和满足性能要求,可以对文档显示区的尺寸调节频率进行限制,限定单位时间内文档显示区的尺寸调节频率不高于预设频率,例如控制每秒重新设置尺寸的频率的频率阈值,以及设置当频率超出频率阈值情况下是否刷新显示界面,例如当文档显示区的尺寸调节频率超过频率阈值的情况下,不刷新显示界面,以减少对于性能的要求,这样在多次调节文档显示区的尺寸时,可以只在调节了文档显示区之后的时长达到预设时长且未再检测到文档显示区的尺寸调节操作的情况下再刷新显示界面,从而节省算力。
在本公开的一些实施例中,如图9(a)在显示业务数据时,在业务数据中的第一在线文档所在的区域被触发后,如图9(b)可以以全屏显示的方式显示第一在线文档。这样可以满足移动设备的浏览需求。在以全屏显示的方式显示第一在线文档时,可以退出全屏显示第一在线文档,在退出后将继续显示业务数据。
一些实施例中,业务数据的创建人是第一在线文档的所有者,创建人需要给第一在线文档开放权限,让其他用户能够具有阅读、编辑等权限,以解决不同用户的处理问题。一些实施例中,可以将处理流程的节点的处理人添加为第一在线文档的协作者,并赋予该节点所需要的或预先设定的文档权限。另一些实施例中,可以开启第一在线文档的链接分享功能,并设定获得第一在线文档的分享链接的用户具有预设权限(例如阅读权限或编辑权限),并可以为分享链接设定密码。这样在业务数据中通过加入第一在线文档的分享链接的方式,使得其他用户在打开业务数据中的第一在线文档的链接时能够获得预设权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,所述业务数据的创建人是所述第一在线文档的所有者,在触发所述业务数据的处理流程后,所述第一在线文档的所有权从所述业务数据的创建人转移至第一应用程序,可以保留创建人对第一在线文档的阅读权限但不保留对第一在线文档的编辑权限,在触发业务数据的处理流程时,处理流程的非当前业务节点的处理人的权限可以均为可阅读,但不可编辑,只有当前业务节点才可能具有编辑权限(是否具有编辑权限取决于预先是否为该节点的处理人开放了编辑权限);在所述业务数据的处理流程结束后,所述第一在线文档的所有权被归还至所述业务数据的创建人。
一些实施例中,在业务数据被发起后,如果业务数据的创建人不是第一在线文档的所有者(即具有所有权的人),可以无法将第一在线文档加入业务数据,可以是在第一在线文档的所有者是创建人时,才能将第一在线文档加入业务数据。在处理流程被触发开始后,第一在线文档的所有权被转移到第一应用程序,这样第一应用程序能为其他节点的处理人分配第一在线文档的权限,在业务数据的处理流程结束后,则将所有权归还给创建人。
一些实施例中,在业务数据的处理流程执行期间,根据预先设置,开通业务节点处理人所具有的权限(阅读权限或编辑权限,其中编辑权限包含了阅读权限),可以默认为处理人开放阅读权限和编辑权限,或者,编辑权限可以只开放给预定处理人。此外,如果未给当前节点的处理人开通阅读权限,则当前节点的处理人不能阅读第一在线文档。
在一些实施例中,在业务数据的处理流程结束后,将收回节点处理人对第一在线文档的编辑权限,节点处理人对第一在线文档的权限可以设置为阅读权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在所述处理流程的执行过程中,所述第一在线文档的编辑权限仅开放所述处理流程的当前业务节点中具有编辑权限的处理人;在所述处理流程结束后,收回分配给所述业务节点的处理人的所述文档权限。
在一些实施例中,如果创建人撤销了业务数据的处理流程,则可以将第一在线文档的所有权从第一应用程序归还给业务数据的创建人,并回收所有业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限(阅读权限和编辑权限),即业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限,将被恢复到创建业务数据之前的状态。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在当前业务节点的处理人驳回业务数据后,回收当前业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限,并将文档所有权从归还给业务数据的创建人。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在当前业务节点的处理人将业务数据的处理任务转交给另一处理人时,将当前业务节点的处理人的第一在线文档的权限应用到所述另一处理人上,例如如果当前业务节点的处理人具有阅读权限,则所述另一处理人也将被赋予阅读权限,并且保留当前业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在当前业务节点的处理人增加了一个业务节点后,将当前业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限应用到增加的业务节点的处理人上,并保留当前业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限,如果当前业务节点的处理人具有对第一在线文档的阅读权限,则增加的业务节点的处理人也将具有阅读权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在处理流程中的业务节点被移除后,将回收被移除的节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限,被移除的业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限可以回复到业务数据创建之前的状态。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在当前业务节点的处理人将处理流程被回退到上一节点时,将当前业务节点的处理人对第一在线文档的权限应用到上一节点的处理人上,例如当前业务节点的处理人具有阅读权限,则上一节点的处理人也将具有阅读权限,一些实施例中,如果业务节点被回退到业务数据的创建人,则需要给创建人开启第一在线文档的编辑权限。
一些实施例中,在业务数据被抄送或分享后,被抄送或分享的用户对业务数据中的第一在线文档只具有阅读权限,不具有编辑权限。
在本公开的一些实施例中,在业务数据的处理流程的执行过程中,第一处理人为至少两个业务节点的处理人,在第一处理人在其负责的一个业务节点处理了所述业务数据后,且尚存在第一处理人负责的尚未处理的业务节点,若第一在线文档的内容发生变更,在所述尚未处理的业务节点,所述第一处理人对所述业务数据再次进行处理。例如,业务节点为3个,处理人A负责第1个和第3个节点,当前处理流程进行到第2个业务节点,而此时第一在线文档的内容发生了变化,则需要在第3个业务节点仍然需要处理人A对业务数据进行处理,而不会因为处理人A已经在第1个业务节点处理过业务数据而不再在第3个业务节点处理业务数据。
在本公开的一些实施例中,将业务数据与第一在线文档相结合,提高了通信效率,并支持对第一在线文档的文档显示区的高度调节以及自由拖放,能够全屏显示第一在线文档和收起全屏显示。
针对企业对于复杂决策信息的审批场景,如公文、制度等文档类审批,以及供应商/商品资质、合同等附件类审批等,本公开的一些方案,通过将审批与在线文档的深度集成,底层打通审批等应用程 序与在线文档的账号、权限、信息通知等领域,前端通过iframe等方式嵌入在线文档组件,并支持审批者自由拖动展示的窗口大小,最终实现结合在线文档进行审批的最佳体验。
关于底层打通审批等应用程序与在线文档的账号、权限、信息通知等领域,可以根据应用程序的业务处理逻辑,对在线文档(也称在线文档、或协作文档)的权限、以及信息通知进行处理,例如,给预设的业务节点处理人、或人员角色,开通预设的在线文档权限,或者,在在线文档的内容发生变化时,例如评论内容发生变化时,给应用程序的预设节点的相关处理人员发送通知消息,使得相关人员可以及时或者在线文档内容的变化情况,由于通知与应用程序的业务节点人员相关,因此能加强二者的融合,保证消息能够及时触达到业务程序的业务处理人员。
本公开一些实施例中,可以在审批流(也称审批程序)中添加在线文档组件:通过审批管理后台,添加在线文档组件,并支持设置在线文档的名称、显示条件、打印情况、归档位置等。
在一些实施例中,可以实现小程序和在线文档的集成:通过解决小程序和网页应用(例如在线文档)之间的账号、权限、消息通信问题,实现两者的集成和互通。
在一些实施例中,关于在线文档的展示,可以通过iframe的方式,将在线文档嵌入审批页面,支持审批人自由拖动文档窗口大小,且支持一键收起、一键全屏等操作。
在一些实施例中,可以实现审批等应用程序的当前租户与外部租户的协同,其中租户可以理解为团体标识或组织标识,一般不同的企业可以理解为不同的租户。通过在线文档开通外部编辑权限的方式,可以解决跨租户内容审批的问题。
在一些实施例中,关于审批人对在线文档的操作权限,可以通过审批管理后台,支持设置每个审批人、或审批角色对在线文档的权限,例如编辑权限、可读权限、分享权限等。
在一些实施例中,关于在线文档所有者转移,将应用程序与在线文档建立关联、其在应用程序进行到预设业务节点、或者达到预设业务处理状态后,可以将在线文档的所有者,变更为所述应用程序、或者所述应用程序中与该在线文档相关的业务处理人员,从而方便后续的权限变更。例如,在审批场景下,在提交审批后,通过调取文档所有者转交接口,将文档所有者从发起人转交给应用,方便后续应用进行文档权限的变更。
在一些实施例中,关于在线文档权限处理,在审批场景下,伴随着审批同意/拒绝、转交、加/减签、退回、抄送、分享等审批处理,调取文档“更新协作者权限”接口,进行在线文档权限的变更。
在一些实施例中,可以基于文档内容的变更,对应用程序中重复出现的处理人员,进行去重处理,避免同一个人员对相同的文档内容做重复处理。例如在审批场景下,关于审批与文档内容变更的处理,当同一个审批人,重复出现在审批流程中时,若文档内容发生变更,则需要重新审批;否则,自动跳过,即如果文档内容没有发生变更,当前审批节点的审批人如果在该审批流程中之前对该文档内容做过审批,则可以自动跳过。
在一些实施例中,关于文档内容的写入,可以通过应用程序的业务数据与文档的关联关系,将业务数据、或者业务数据相关的处理节点链接,嵌入到文档中、或者基于上述业务数据或者处理节点链接生成新的文档。例如,在审批场景下,可以通过审批单据与文档的关联关系,将审批链接写入文档,支持在文档一键返回审批程序,查看审批详情信息。
一些实施例中,可以在审批管理后台新增类别「云办公」、新增「在线文档」控件,可以设置控件名称、提示文字、权限设置入口等。
一些实施例中,可以支持自动归档,支持选择审批通过后,是否要将在线文档进行归档,若归档,则打通wiki,选择要归档的具体wiki节点;还可以选择是否要转移在线文档所有者给wiki负责人。
通过与在线文档关联的所述应用程序的账号(例如,审批程序和在线文档共用一个ID,或者两者的ID有关联关系)作为id匹配,进行通信,打通了权限等能力,例如评论通知、文档阅读和编辑的能力,实现两个应用的集成,原本提交者没有权限访问对方的审批程序,无法提交材料,借助文档的权限扩散能力,可以让外部用户完成材料提交的工作。
应用场景:在线文档组件可以被嵌入在任意的小程序中,包括小程序审批、汇报、OKR(目标关键结果管理)以及任意的小程序中。
凡是需要用文档进行信息承载的业务场景,都可以使用该技术方案。
可以通过iframe的方式,将web在线文档和小程序审批应用,进行集成展示。
通过前端对在线文档组件高度的适配,以及支持文档窗口的自由拖动,实现浏览审批的最佳体验。
自由拖动文档窗口高度的实现:
布局:小程序中通过View作为容器,容器具有初始高度以及最大高度,将文档的iframe组件放置在View容器内,添加一个View作为拖拽的操作元素,操作元素位于容器元素底部,层级高于容器内其他任何元素并且具有一点高度保证可以点击到。
交互:通过点击操作元素触发触摸开始(touchstart)事件,此时进入拖动模式并记录此时的(鼠标或者手指)高度位置,在拖动模式下按住鼠标或按住屏幕(触摸屏时)进行拖动或滑动触发触摸移动(touchmove)事件,通过每次touchmove事件中获取的鼠标(或手指)位置,计算获取到的位置高度与进入拖拽模式时记录的高度进行差值(存在负值)计算,然后在现有的容器高度基础上增加计算出高度差值得到新的高度值,对于得到的新高度进行安全阈值校验,如果超出阈值则令其停止在阈值边缘(即最大值或最小值),然后设置容器新高度,最后松开鼠标(或手指)时在(触摸结束touchend)事件中设置本次拖动模式中最后一次高度并在记录容器高度后关闭拖动模式。
截流:为了自由控制流畅度和性能的均衡位置,可以对高度设置频率进行截流控制每秒重新设置高度频率以及超出阈值情况下是否刷新界面,实际实现频率可以做到touchmove事件触发频率与0次/秒之间的无级控制,但实际产品中将限定在某一个固定的值,具体值应根据实际产品需求与流畅度体验以及软件性能综合考虑。
支持移动端的适配,点击在线文档组件,可以进行全屏浏览。
关于在线文档权限的处理,一些实施例中,在审批场景下,可以通过审批发起人(例如文档所有者)给在线文档开通外部编辑权限的方式,让外部租户的内容供给人员具备文档编辑权限,以此解决跨租户内容审批的场景。
方式一:添加外部协作的人员作为文档协作者,并赋予编辑权限。
方式二:开启链接分享,设置为“互联网上获得链接的人可编辑”,并加设密码。
支持在审批流程中,对每个审批人配置文档的「可读」、「编辑」等权限,关于文档权限的变更,示例性说明如下:
关于权限收回:发起人提交审批后,将文档所有者转移给审批应用,审批应用收回该文档协作者的编辑权限,不收回可读权限,其他人仅为可读。
关于权限释放:退回到发起人,文档所有者仍为审批程序,但编辑权限释放给提交审批之间原编辑者或所有者。
关于权限发放:审批过程中,根据后台设置,开通对应审批流程审批人的阅读和编辑权限(后台设置了具体审批人的阅读/编辑权限),默认开通「可读」和「编辑」,编辑权限仅开给审批人。
其中,若未开通「可读」权限,则当前节点人对“在线文档控件”不可见。
关于权限收回:审批完成后,收回该节点审批人的「编辑」权限,仅可读。
关于发起人操作的权限处理,在撤销审批请求时,将文档所有者,从应用归还给发起人。并收回所有审批人的文档协作权限。
关于审批人操作的权限处理:
审批拒绝的情况下:当前审批人收回文档权限,包括编辑/阅读权限,即视同移除协作者。同时把文档所有者从应用归还给发起人。
将审批事项转交给他人审批的情况下:将当前审批人的文档权限,应用在被转交人上。如当前审批人具备文档的阅读权限,则被转交人赋予文档的阅读权限。同时,保留审批人的原权限。
加签的情况下,即增加其他审批人的情况下:将当前审批人的文档权限,应用在被加签人上。如当前审批人具备文档的阅读权限,则被加签人赋予文档的阅读权限。同时,保留审批人的原权限。在减签的情况下,即减少审批人的情况下:收回被减签人的文档权限。
在回退的情况下,即将审批节点回退到之前的审批节点的情况下:给回退人开启当前审批节点设置的文档权限,若回退至发起人,需给发起人开通编辑权限。
抄送与分享的情况下,即将审批事项抄送给其他人,或者分享给其他人时,可以给被抄送人或者被分享者只开启预设权限,例如可读文档权限。
还可以实现审批人自动去重:对于同个审批人需要在不同节点分别审批的场景,若审批人审批通过后,文档内容发生变更,则下一个审批节点,需重新审批。例如可以通过调用文档版本变更接口、或者获取文档版本信息等,确定文档版本是否发生预设变化,从而在发生预设变化时,给相应的审批人审批,或者在没有发生预设变化时,在某一节点的审批人已将看过当前版本对应信息的情况下,跳过该审批人,避免重复审批。在文档内容变更后,审批人将在变更后的文档基础上进行处理。
在审批流状态切换时,自动调整云文档的编辑权限,如审批中关闭编辑权限,审批未通过则重新打开权限,而审批通过后则关闭权限进行自动归档。针对在线文档审批,在审批过程中默认开放在线文档评论功能,以实现更好地审批协作效率。此外,审批摘要信息中还可以包括文档变更记录信息,在审批单据详情里在线文档的版本记录中查看变更,对于审批人来讲审批的是当前最新的文档内容。
以上,以审批为例,对文档权限随业务逻辑和业务进程的变更,进行了示例性说明。可以看到,当应用程序与在线文档相关联时,可以基于应用程序的业务处理逻辑、业务处理进程,对在线文档的权限进行相关处理,例如在进行到预设业务节点时,变更该节点相关人员的文档权限,再例如,在预设业务节点处理完成后,收回预设人员的文档权限。
如图10所示,本公开实施例还提供一种信息处理装置,包括:
创建单元,用于响应于第一操作事件,创建第一处理事项,所述第一处理事项中具有第一在线文档;
控制单元,用于响应于第二操作事件,触发所述第一处理事项的处理流程。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,还包括设置单元,用于响应于流程创建操作,设置所述处理流程的业务处理节点以及所述业务处理节点的处理人的文档权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,响应于第一操作事件,创建第一处理事项之前,还包括:模板创建单元,用于创建处理事项的事项模板,在所述事项模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;
所述第一处理事项基于所述事项模板所建立。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,控制单元还用于在所述处理流程的节点的处理人员的目标通信软件的控件中显示所述第一处理事项。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,在所述第一处理事项的显示界面中具有用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区域,所述文档显示区域,所述文档显示区的尺寸和/或位置可调节。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,所述第一处理事项的创建人是所述第一在线文档的所有者,在触发所述第一处理事项的处理流程后,所述第一在线文档的所有权从所述第一处理事项的创建人转移至第一应用程序;在所述第一处理事项的处理流程结束后,所述第一在线文档的所有权被归还至所述第一处理事项的创建人。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,在所述处理流程的执行过程中,所述第一在线文档的编辑权限仅开放所述处理流程的当前业务处理节点中具有编辑权限的处理人;在所述处理流程结束后,收回分配给所述业务处理节点的处理人的所述文档权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,包括:
在关于第一文件的处理请求所对应的预设处理节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定第一文件的目标保存地址,以使所述第一文件在所述处理请求被处理完成后,被保存至所述目标保存地址。
参考图11,图11示出了本公开一实施例提供的信息处理方法100的流程图,方法100包括:
步骤S120:在预设的节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址;
步骤S140:发送所述关于所述第一文件的处理请求,以使所述处理请求被处理;其中,所述目标保存地址为所述处理请求被处理后,所述第一文件的保存地址。
在一些实施例中,可以响应于用户对预设标识的操作,显示预先存储的一级或多级文件保存目录,用户可以在该文件保存目录中选择目标具体的目录位置,从而可以根据用户所选择的目录位置确定第一文件的目标保存地址。
示例性地,所述处理请求可以是请求一个或多个其用户对第一文件进行审批的请求。
在一些实施例中,所述第一文件包括但不限于文档、图片、多媒体电子文件、程序文件等。
在一些实施例中,所述处理请求可以包括所述第一文件或该第一文件对应的链接信息,从而便于对该处理请求的处理者获取该第一文件,从而加快处理进程。
需要说明的是,在预设的节点之前可以包括处理请求的处理过程结束之前,例如,处理请求创建时,处理请求发送前、或者处理请求的处理过程中。
优选地,步骤S120执行于处理请求发送前,例如处理请求创建之时,这样,就无需额外的操作步骤设置第一文件的目标保存位置,从而提高保存文件的效率,节省人力。
下面以文件审批为例进行说明。参考图12,相关的文件审批归档流程(手动归档)包括发起文件审批请求,一个或多个人员对文件进行审批,审批通过,对文件进行打印、分类和归档。类似地,电子归档流程亦在审批流程结束后需要专门的操作步骤对文件进行电子归档,归档效率较低,需要耗费额外的人力。参考图13,根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,在发起审批前,相关人员可以自行设定待审批的文件被审批后应保存于某个云存储空间的某个目录下。这样,当待审批文件被审批完成后,可以被系统根据提前定义好的归档策略自动保存文件,无需专门的归档操作,实现了将文件归档与文件审批的同步进行,从而提高了审批和归档效率,节省人力。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,通过在预设的节点之前,基于用户的操作确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址,可以使关于所述第一文件的处理请求被处理后,第一文件自动的保存至该目标保存地址,无需等到处理请求的处理过成结束时在通过专门的文件保存操作来保存文件,实现了文件保存与处理请求的处理的同步进行,从而提高了文件处理效率。
在一些实施例中,在执行步骤S120之前,还可以响应于用户的操作,确定是否在所述处理请求被处理后对所述第一文件执行预设的保存。示例性地,用户可以在发起文件审批前设定审批后是否对文件进行存档,若是,则可以进一步设置第一文件的存档地址,即目标保存地址。
在一些实施例中,所述处理请求包括所述目标保存地址的指示信息。在本实施例中,通过还在关于第一文件的处理请求中包括目标保存地址的指示信息,可以使第一文件在处理请求被处理后根据该指示信息被保存至相应地目标保存地址。
在一些实施例中,若所述第一文件为文档,方法100还包括:
步骤S150:在所述处理请求被处理后,在所述文档内的预设位置处显示与所述处理请求对应的处理信息。
在一些实施例中,处理信息包括但不限于处理节点信息、处理人员信息、处理意见信息、处理时间信息。
下面以文件审批为例进行示例性说明。根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,在审批完成后,可以将在被审批的文档内的预设位置处,例如标题下方,显示关于该文档的审批信息,包括但不限于审批节点信息、审批人员信息,审批意见信息,审批时间信息等,例如,“审批节点:部门审批”“审批人员:部门经理张三”“审批意见:同意”“审批时间:2021年1月1日”,使该文档的后续使用人通 过打开文档即可以便利地查阅到与该文档相关的审批信息。示例性地,可以在审批完成后,通过预设的API(Application Programming Interface,应用程序接口)在文档内自动生成该文档的审批信息。
这样,通过在所述处理请求被处理后,在所述文档内的预设位置处显示与所述处理请求对应的处理信息,从而可以便利后续可能的对文档的或相应处理流程的审核、复查,例如企业财务审核、审计等。
在一些实施例中,所述处理信息包括链接信息,所述链接信息被配置为能够响应于用户的操作显示处理详情信息。这样,通过仅在文档内显示链接信息,不会过度影响文档本身的内容,亦便于用户点击查看与该文档对应的处理详情信息。示例性地,所述处理详情信息包括但不限于处理节点信息、处理人员信息、处理意见信息、处理时间信息。
在一些实施例中,方法100还包括:步骤S101:预先存储文件保存目录;步骤S120包括:响应于用户对所述文件保存目录的操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址。
示例性地,可以预先创建云服务器的文件保存目录并将该文件保存目录存储于客户端中,以供用户从该文件保存目录中选择第一文件在该云服务器中的目标保存地址;还可以通过预设的接口实时或周期性的更新存储于客户端中的文件保存目录,从而实现客户端的文件保存目录与云服务器的保存目录同步。
下面以云文件审批为例进行说明。根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,通过将云文件作为审批事项包含文件的载体,用户在创建审批时,即指定云文件后续具体的云空间归档目录,并针对审批表单选项设置对应的目录节点,以实现在审批结束后,通过调用云空间归档接口将审批事项中包含的云文件自动归档到对应的云空间目录节点下,以实现高效、快速的审批文件归档能力。
传统方式是审批结束后才对审批文件做进行是否归档的判断和执行归档步骤。本公开通过在审批过程中的预设节点前,例如审批发起前、或者审批结束前,审批人员可以自行设定该审批文件是否需要归档,归档在哪个目录下。因为提供的是云空间存储的归档,可以归档的内容不仅仅局限于文本类文件、可以支持存储文字、图表、音频、视频等不同形式的电子信息记录。
在一些实施例中,可以校验审批程序中对应的审批文件是否属于必须要归档的文件,如果是,例如,如果没有选择归档信息、或者审批不通过,则不允许进行下一步操作,例如对审批文件进行归档。
在一些实施例中,通过建立云文件存储中心与审批程序的关联关系,来实现自动归档,例如开放云文件存储中心的目录接口,通过审批程序调用所述目录接口,将审批程序对应的审批文件存储到指定目录下。其中,云文件存储中心的目录结构,可以预先设置。
在一些实施例中,可以基于该预先设置的目录结构,在审批程序中调用该目录结构的信息,以供用户选择要将指定的在线文档存储在哪一目录下。
下面进一步详细介绍,如下面的示例:
关于归档目录接口:
在一种方式中,实现自动化归档的环节之一是预先设置审批文件的归档目录接口,通过该归档接口,可以实现审批完成后,根据相关人员指定的归档目录进行自动归档。归档目录接口的设置首先形成规范的存档信息目录,再通过相关接口技术进行归档目录之间的系统信息交换。
当然,在其他实施例中,也可以在审批程序中新建或修改目录信息,将新建或修改的目录信息同步到云文件存储中心,以更新云文件存储中心的目录结构,从而方便用户在审批程序中灵活更新云文件目录。为了避免用户随时更新云文件目录导致文件归档不规范,也可以设置预设的校验规则、或者预设的用于目录更新的审批入口,只有对归档目录的新建或修改符合预设的校验规则,此种新建和修改才被允许,或者,只有通过审批入口的目录修改或创建请求才能成功地在云文件存储中心修改或更新归档目录。
关于归档目录:
归档目录是用于存放文件的目录,其可以是一个用于存放文件的文件夹。归归档目录可以包括根据企业业务配置的一级、二级、三级等目录。归档接口可以根据审批文件对应的文件标识,例如Token(令牌),以及目标保存地址对应的目录信息,例如可以包括目录ID,将审批文件保存或挂载在归档目录的指定位置处。
在一些实施例中,目标保存地址对应的目录信息可以包含于审批文件或审批请求中,目录信息可以包含审批文件需要归档的归档目录ID和归档描述信息。可以通过识别目录信息中的目录和归档描述信息实现归档。示例性地,归档描述信息可以包括归档目录的目录信息。
通常,最终确定的归档目录需要得到用户的确认,以便保证归档准确性,当然,在一些实施例中所述确认也可以不是必须的。
归档目录数据结构可以是树状等有层级的结构。
在一实施例中,可以根据业务节点关联的业务数据,生成所述第一在线文档、或者对所述第一在线文档中承载的内容数据进行处理。在审批场景中,可以基于审批程序中的审批节点、审批人员、审批进展相关信息中的一项或者多项,生成审批信息(也可以称为审批相关信息),将所述审批信息承载在在线文档中,后续一并归档到云文件存储中心中。其中,可以新生成在线文档,在新生成的在线文档中写入审批信息,也可以在已有的在线文档中的预设区域,写入审批信息,写入的审批信息可以按照预设格式显示,在一种方式中,可以在在线文档的标题下方按照预设格式显示所述审批信息,例如以API链接的方式显示所述审批相关信息,通过所述API链接,可以跳转到对应的审批程序、或者打开审批信息详情。在一实施例中,审批文信息可以是审批通过后自动生成的信息,或者随着审批的进行相应更新的信息,可以通过API形式以链接的形式写入在线文档标题下,一起保存在归档目录下。审批相关信息可以包含:各项审批环节的名称、操作人、意见内容、审批时间等信息。其中,可以通过API接口、页面信息识别、预设字段值提取等方式,从审批程序中获取审批相关信息。
相应地,如图14所示,根据本公开的一实施例提供了一种信息处理装置400,包括:
保存地址确定单元420,用于在预设的节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址;
请求发送单元440,用于发送所述关于所述第一文件的处理请求,以使所述处理请求被处理;其中,所述目标保存地址为所述处理请求被处理后,所述第一文件的保存地址。
在一些文档处理场景(例如,企业审批场景)中,诸如公文、制度、资质审核、合同等审批类型往往依赖不同的信息或文件内容作为决策依据。审批过程中涉及多方沟通、协作,但审批过程本身需要严谨,因此正处于审批中的信息或文件不应在审批过程中被随意修改,否则无法将在线云文档用于审批过程中承载信息或文件。然而,当审批未通过时,处理流程的发起人需要修改信息或文件,而审批通过后,信息或文件基于企业归档需求,此时也不应允许再次修改。
图15提供了本公开的实施例的信息处理方法的流程图。本公开的信息处理方法可以包括步骤101,接收第一文档,以用于处理流程。在一些实施例中,第一文档为云文档或在线文档。在一些实施例中,第一文档称为第一在线文档。在一些实施例中,处理流程为审批流程,例如,审批账单、合同、采购申请等的审批流程。
图16示出了以审批流程为例的处理流程的示意图。在一些实施例中,如图16所示,管理员首先创建相应的审批流程,并且进行流程设计,设置审批流程中各节点的文档权限。另外,进行表单设计,以提供插入文档模块。在成功创建流程之后,审批流程的发起人或申请人可以发起审批流程申请,填写表单,插入云文档。在申请人申请成功之后,接下来由审批流程中各个节点的审批人进入审批单进行审批,在审批人审批过程中,通常可以查看云文档和编辑云文档,在所有节点的审批人确认无误之后,审批通过,审批流程结束。
在一些实施例中,在接收第一文档之前,即,在处理流程的申请人或发起人成功申请之前,第一文档的作者或原编辑者对第一文档享有第一权限。
在一些实施例中,本公开的方法还可以包括步骤102,在接收第一文档之后,将作者对第一文档享有的权限更改为第二权限,第二权限与第一权限不同。即,在进入处理流程之后,系统可以对第一文档的权限进行自动控制,以确保通过第一文档进行高效的协同作业,另一方面保证处理流程过程中的严谨性,避免第一文档在处理流程中被不适当地随意修改。
在一些实施例中,第一权限为可读权限和编辑权限,第二权限为可读权限。可读权限仅能阅读第一文档,编辑权限则可以对第一文档进行编辑。
在一些实施例中,在管理员将需要处理云文档的人员加入处理节点中,使其能够获取云文档的分配角色。在一些实施例中,管理员在分配角色的时候可以指定处理人具备文档的可读权限与编辑权限。如图17所示,管理人在进行流程设计时,可以设置每个阶段的处理人和抄送人、处理类型以及处理人的相应权限。
在一些实施例中,在接收第一文档之后,处理流程的节点中的处理人对第一文档享有预设权限。在处理流程创建过程中,可以对处理流程中各个节点的处理人的权限进行设置,一旦第一文档进入处理流程,则相应节点的处理人对第一文档具有相应的预设权限。如此,便利了处理流程中的第一文档的权限的高效统一管理。
在一些实施例中,当第一文档未通过处理流程或退回给处理流程的发起人时,将作者对第一文档享有的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,即,可读权限和编辑权限。在一些实施例中,由于第一文档的形式或实质内容不合格,导致未通过处理流程或者退回给处理流程的发起人。当发生这种情况时,作者可能想要对第一文档进行修改,以满足相应的要求。如此,通过将作者对第一文档享有的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,能够实现处理流程的顺序往下进行,在作者修改完成第一文档之后可以提交符合要求的第一文档,以进行接下来的处理流程。
在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人将处理任务转交给另一人时,另一人对第一文档享有的权限与第一处理人在转交之前对第一文档享有的权限相同。例如,第一处理人为转交人,另一人为被转交人,如果第一处理人对第一文档享有编辑权限,则该另一人对第一文档也享有编辑权限;如果第一处理人只有可读权限,则该另一人也只有可读权限。如此,使得处理流程中的任务处理的权限有序地交接或衔接,进而能够确保处理流程中的严谨性。
在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人添加任务节点给另一人时,另一人和第一处理人对第一文档享有的权限相同。即,任务节点的被添加人与添加人对第一文档享有相同的权限。例如,如果第一处理人对第一文档享有编辑权限,则该另一人对第一文档也享有编辑权限;如果第一处理人只有可读权限,则该另一人也只有可读权限。如此,使得处理流程中的任务处理的权限有序地交接或衔接,进而能够确保处理流程中的严谨性。
在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人对应的任务节点被删除时,收回第一处理人对第一文档的权限。在第一处理人对应的任务节点被删除时,此时该第一处理人已经无需对第一文档进行处理,收回第一处理人对第一文档的权限,可以避免该第一处理人之后可能对第一文档作出的不必要的修改,进而能够确保处理流程中的严谨性。
在一些实施例中,当处理流程由当前节点进行到下一节点时,当前节点的第一处理人对第一文档的权限由第一权限更改为第二权限,下一节点的第二处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限。由于当前节点的第一处理人已经处理完毕,此时将其对第一文档的权限由第一权限更改为第二权限,例如,收回编辑权限,可以避免后续处理流程中第一处理人的不适当的修改,进而能够确保处理流程中的严谨性。另外,由于处理流程进入下一节点,下一节点的第二处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,例如增加了编辑权限,也能够确保第二处理人的顺利处理。
在一些实施例中,当处理流程由当前节点退回到上一节点时,上一节点的第一处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,当前节点的第二处理人对第一文档的权限由第一权限更改为第二权限。由于当前节点的第二处理人已经处理完毕,并且退回给了上一节点,此时将其对第一文档的权 限由第一权限更改为第二权限,例如,收回编辑权限,可以避免后续处理流程中第二处理人的不适当的修改,进而能够确保处理流程中的严谨性。另外,由于处理流程进入又退回到上一节点,上一节点的第一处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,例如增加了编辑权限,也能够确保第一处理人的顺利处理,例如在编辑第一文档之后再顺序进入接下来的处理流程。
在一些实施例中,抄送人和被分享人仅具有可读权限,而没有编辑权限。在一些实施例中,新分配的用户将在重新分配的待处理文档上执行操作。
在一些实施例中,本公开的信息处理方法还包括:在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且评论内容中未将评论内容与任一人员相关联时,向处理流程的发起人和处理人发送通知消息。在一些实施例中,在处理流程中默认打开评论功能,如此可以帮助处理人通过评论功能,将处理意见快速地通知到发起人等,以让相应人员更及时地根据处理意见调整好待处理内容(例如,第一文档)。例如,如图18所示,孟X的评论内容为“请注意部门信息调整。”,并没有@谁,即没有将该评论内容与任何特定人员相关联,此时向处理流程的发起人和处理人发送如图18所示的通知消息,以方便该处理流程的发起人和处理人及时查看该评论内容和及时处理,有利于提升处理与协作效率。
在一些实施例中,本公开的信息处理方法还包括:在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且评论内容中将评论内容与处理流程的处理人相关联时,向处理流程的发起人和与评论内容相关联的处理人发送通知消息。例如,如图19所示,孟X的评论内容为“请注意部门信息调整。”,并且@了张Z,即将该评论内容与张Z相关联,在张Z为处理流程的处理人(例如,某一节点的审批人员)时,此时向处理流程的发起人和张Z发送如图19所示的通知消息,以方便该处理流程的发起人和张Z及时查看该评论内容和及时处理。另外,在图18和图19中,在相应人员点击“查看详情”后,可以直接跳转到待处理的相应文档进行处理。
在一些实施例中,本公开的信息处理方法还包括:在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,评论内容中将所述评论内容与特定人员相关联,并且特定人员对第一文档不享有权限时,发出提醒消息,提醒是否对特定人员开通第一文档的可读权限。在一些实施例中,例如,如图19所示,孟X在评论中@了张Z,而张Z对第一文档没有权限,此时发出提醒消息,提醒是否对张Z开通第一文档的可读权限。如此,避免了给相应的人员发送该人员不能查看相应内容的通知消息。
在一些实施例中,在确定对特定人员开通第一文档的可读权限时,向该特定人员发送通知消息。同样地,在已经给图19的张Z开通可读权限时,此时可以给张Z发送相应的通知消息,以方便该特定人员(例如,张Z)及时查看该评论内容。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种信息处理装置600。信息处理装置600包括文档接收模块201和权限更改模块202。在一些实施例中,文档接收模块201配置为接收第一文档,以用于处理流程,其中,在接收第一文档之前,第一文档的作者对第一文档享有第一权限。在一些实施例中,权限更改模块202配置为在接收第一文档之后,将作者对第一文档享有的权限更改为第二权限,第二权限与第一权限不同。
应该理解,关于信息处理方法描述的内容也适用于此处的用于信息处理装置600,为了简单的目的,在此不进行详细描述。
在一些实施例中,第一权限为可读权限和编辑权限,第二权限为可读权限。在一些实施例中,在接收第一文档之后,处理流程的节点中的处理人对第一文档享有预设权限。在一些实施例中,当第一文档未通过处理流程或退回给处理流程的发起人时,将作者对第一文档享有的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限。在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人将处理任务转交给另一人时,另一人对第一文档享有的权限与第一处理人在转交之前对第一文档享有的权限相同。在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人添加任务节点给另一人时,另一人和第一处理人对第一文档享有的权限相同。在一些实施例中,当处理流程的节点中的第一处理人对应的任务节点被删除时,收回第一处理人对第一文档的权限。在一些实施例中,当处理流程由当前节点进行到下一节点时,当前节点的第一 处理人对第一文档的权限由第一权限更改为第二权限,下一节点的第二处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限。在一些实施例中,当处理流程由当前节点退回到上一节点时,上一节点的第一处理人对第一文档的权限由第二权限更改为第一权限,当前节点的第二处理人对第一文档的权限由第一权限更改为第二权限。在一些实施例中,信息处理装置还包括通知模块,通知模块配置为在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且评论内容中未将评论内容与任一人员相关联时,向处理流程的发起人和处理人发送通知消息。在一些实施例中,通知模块还配置为在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且评论内容中将评论内容与处理流程的处理人相关联时,向处理流程的发起人和与评论内容相关联的处理人发送通知消息。在一些实施例中,信息处理装置还包括提醒模块,配置为在第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,评论内容中将评论内容与特定人员相关联,并且特定人员对第一文档不享有权限时,发出提醒消息,提醒是否对特定人员开通第一文档的可读权限。在一些实施例中,通知模块还配置为在确定对特定人员开通第一文档的可读权限时,向特定人员发送通知消息。
关于云文档评论内容变更时的消息发送,一些实施例中,云文档评论内容变更时,可以通过机器人发送消息技术及时通知审批人关注云文档内容变化。
场景一:
云文档评论内容中有提及特定人时,例如通过@符号提及特定人,如果被@人是审批节点人员,审批机器人可以把消息发送给审批提交人和被@人员,若被@人没有云文档权限,或者不是审批节点相关人员,可以提示是否给对方(被@人)开启云文档的可读权限,若是,则给对方开启文档可读权限,云文档通知被@人;若不开启文档可读权限,则不通知。可以通过消息卡片的形式进行通知,点击通知查看详情后,可以直接跳转审批应用中的对应的云文档审批单据进行审批。通知消息的内容可以包括评论内容、提交审批的申请人(也称提单人)、审批事由等。
场景二:
云文档内容中无@人时,可以将通知发送给审批单据提交人员与待审批人员,通知内容可以包括评论内容、提交审批的申请人(也称提单人)、审批事由等。其中,场景一中,不发给待审批人员的原因包括:1、@是明确需要回复的场景,因此需要发给被@的人2、同时发送给提单人是告知单据所有者,但是不需要打扰其他审批人。。
本公开中,通过应用程序以接口方式调用云文档编辑开关权限的能力,实现云文档权限与应用程序的深度整合,使得云文档的协作能力更是应用应用程序的具体业务逻辑和应用场景。
在业务状态切换时,例如在审批流状态切换时,自动调整云文档的编辑权限,如审批中关闭编辑权限,审批未通过重新打开权限,而审批通过后则关闭权限进行自动归档,可以合理设置权限,避免破坏业务逻辑或造成信息泄密等。
一些实施例中,针对与云文档的审批等应用程序,在审批等业务处理过程中,可以默认开放云文档评论功能,以实现更好地审批等业务协作。
此外,本公开还提供一种终端,包括:至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器;其中,所述存储器用于存储程序代码,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器所存储的程序代码以执行上述信息处理方法。
此外,本公开还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储有程序代码,程序代码用于执行上述信息处理方法。
以上,基于实施例和应用例说明了本公开的信息处理方法及装置。此外,本公开还提供一种终端及存储介质,以下说明这些终端和存储介质。
下面参考图21,其示出了适于用来实现本公开实施例的电子设备(例如终端设备或服务器)700的结构示意图。本公开实施例中的终端设备可以包括但不限于诸如移动电话、笔记本电脑、数字广播接收器、PDA(个人数字助理)、PAD(平板电脑)、PMP(便携式多媒体播放器)、车载终端(例如车载导航终端)等等的移动终端以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等等的固定终端。图21示出的电子设备仅仅是一个示例,不应对本公开实施例的功能和使用范围带来任何限制。
如图21所示,电子设备700可以包括处理装置(例如中央处理器、图形处理器等)701,其可以根据存储在只读存储器(ROM)702中的程序或者从存储装置708加载到随机访问存储器(RAM)703中的程序而执行各种适当的动作和处理。在RAM703中,还存储有电子设备700操作所需的各种程序和数据。处理装置701、ROM 702以及RAM 703通过总线704彼此相连。输入/输出(I/O)接口705也连接至总线704。
通常,以下装置可以连接至I/O接口705:包括例如触摸屏、触摸板、键盘、鼠标、摄像头、麦克风、加速度计、陀螺仪等的输入装置706;包括例如液晶显示器(LCD)、扬声器、振动器等的输出装置707;包括例如磁带、硬盘等的存储装置708;以及通信装置709。通信装置709可以允许电子设备700与其他设备进行无线或有线通信以交换数据。虽然图21示出了具有各种装置的电子设备700,但是应理解的是,并不要求实施或具备所有示出的装置。可以替代地实施或具备更多或更少的装置。
特别地,根据本公开的实施例,上文参考流程图描述的过程可以被实现为计算机软件程序。例如,本公开的实施例包括一种计算机程序产品,其包括承载在计算机可读介质上的计算机程序,该计算机程序包含用于执行流程图所示的方法的程序代码。在这样的实施例中,该计算机程序可以通过通信装置709从网络上被下载和安装,或者从存储装置708被安装,或者从ROM 702被安装。在该计算机程序被处理装置701执行时,执行本公开实施例的方法中限定的上述功能。
需要说明的是,本公开上述的计算机可读介质可以是计算机可读信号介质或者计算机可读存储介质或者是上述两者的任意组合。计算机可读存储介质例如可以是——但不限于——电、磁、光、电磁、红外线、或半导体的系统、装置或器件,或者任意以上的组合。计算机可读存储介质的更具体的例子可以包括但不限于:具有一个或多个导线的电连接、便携式计算机磁盘、硬盘、随机访问存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦式可编程只读存储器(EPROM或闪存)、光纤、便携式紧凑磁盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、光存储器件、磁存储器件、或者上述的任意合适的组合。在本公开中,计算机可读存储介质可以是任何包含或存储程序的有形介质,该程序可以被指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用。而在本公开中,计算机可读信号介质可以包括在基带中或者作为载波一部分传播的数据信号,其中承载了计算机可读的程序代码。这种传播的数据信号可以采用多种形式,包括但不限于电磁信号、光信号或上述的任意合适的组合。计算机可读信号介质还可以是计算机可读存储介质以外的任何计算机可读介质,该计算机可读信号介质可以发送、传播或者传输用于由指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用的程序。计算机可读介质上包含的程序代码可以用任何适当的介质传输,包括但不限于:电线、光缆、RF(射频)等等,或者上述的任意合适的组合。
在一些实施方式中,客户端、服务器可以利用诸如HTTP(HyperText Transfer Protocol,超文本传输协议)之类的任何当前已知或未来研发的网络协议进行通信,并且可以与任意形式或介质的数字数据通信(例如,通信网络)互连。通信网络的示例包括局域网(“LAN”),广域网(“WAN”),网际网(例如,互联网)以及端对端网络(例如,ad hoc端对端网络),以及任何当前已知或未来研发的网络。
上述计算机可读介质可以是上述电子设备中所包含的;也可以是单独存在,而未装配入该电子设备中。
上述计算机可读介质承载有一个或者多个程序,当上述一个或者多个程序被该电子设备执行时,使得该电子设备执行上述的本公开的方法。
可以以一种或多种程序设计语言或其组合来编写用于执行本公开的操作的计算机程序代码,上述程序设计语言包括面向对象的程序设计语言—诸如Java、Smalltalk、C++,还包括常规的过程式程序设计语言—诸如“C”语言或类似的程序设计语言。程序代码可以完全地在用户计算机上执行、部分地在用户计算机上执行、作为一个独立的软件包执行、部分在用户计算机上部分在远程计算机上执行、或者完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算机的情形中,远程计算机可以通过任意种类的 网络——包括局域网(LAN)或广域网(WAN)—连接到用户计算机,或者,可以连接到外部计算机(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。
附图中的流程图和框图,图示了按照本公开各种实施例的系统、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现的体系架构、功能和操作。在这点上,流程图或框图中的每个方框可以代表一个模块、程序段、或代码的一部分,该模块、程序段、或代码的一部分包含一个或多个用于实现规定的逻辑功能的可执行指令。也应当注意,在有些作为替换的实现中,方框中所标注的功能也可以以不同于附图中所标注的顺序发生。例如,两个接连地表示的方框实际上可以基本并行地执行,它们有时也可以按相反的顺序执行,这依所涉及的功能而定。也要注意的是,框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合,可以用执行规定的功能或操作的专用的基于硬件的系统来实现,或者可以用专用硬件与计算机指令的组合来实现。
描述于本公开实施例中所涉及到的单元可以通过软件的方式实现,也可以通过硬件的方式来实现。其中,单元的名称在某种情况下并不构成对该单元本身的限定。
本文中以上描述的功能可以至少部分地由一个或多个硬件逻辑部件来执行。例如,非限制性地,可以使用的示范类型的硬件逻辑部件包括:现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用标准产品(ASSP)、片上系统(SOC)、复杂可编程逻辑设备(CPLD)等等。
在本公开的上下文中,机器可读介质可以是有形的介质,其可以包含或存储以供指令执行系统、装置或设备使用或与指令执行系统、装置或设备结合地使用的程序。机器可读介质可以是机器可读信号介质或机器可读储存介质。机器可读介质可以包括但不限于电子的、磁性的、光学的、电磁的、红外的、或半导体系统、装置或设备,或者上述内容的任何合适组合。机器可读存储介质的更具体示例会包括基于一个或多个线的电气连接、便携式计算机盘、硬盘、随机存取存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM或快闪存储器)、光纤、便捷式紧凑盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、光学储存设备、磁储存设备、或上述内容的任何合适组合。
本公开【示例1】提供一种信息处理方法,包括:确定第一应用程序;建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理。
本公开【示例2】提供结合【示例1】的方法,根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,包括:
根据第一应用程序的标识、类型、业务节点相关的信息对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
本公开【示例3】提供结合【示例1】的方法,根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,包括以下至少一项:
根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点,对第一在线文档的显示信息、权限信息、承载的内容数据中的至少一项进行处理;
根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的人员信息,对第一在线文档针对该人员的可显示内容、显示格式、权限信息中的至少一项进行处理;
根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的第一应用程序数据,生成所述第一在线文档、或者对所述第一在线文档中承载的内容数据进行处理。
本公开【示例4】提供结合【示例1】的方法,包括:
在建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系后,在所述第一应用程序的显示界面中展示用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区。
本公开【示例5】提供结合【示例4】的方法,其中,所述文档显示区能够呈现所述第一在线文档的内容,且能够根据操作浏览所述第一在线文档的内容。
本公开【示例6】提供结合【示例4】的方法,所述文档显示区在所述显示界面中的显示尺寸和/或显示位置可调节。
本公开【示例7】提供结合【示例6】的方法,所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率不高于第一预设频率;或者,
若所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率超过第二预设频率,不刷新显示界面。
本公开【示例8】提供结合【示例6】的方法,还包括:
在所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度大于预设长度时,响应于第一预设操作,根据所述第一预设操作调节所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度。
本公开【示例9】提供结合【示例6】的方法,还包括:响应于控制标识移动到所述文档显示区的第一边或第二边,改变所述控制标识的样式,在所述控制标识的样式改变后能够改变所述第一边或所述第二边的位置从而改变文档显示区的尺寸。
本公开【示例10】提供结合【示例5】的方法,所述文档显示区具有收起状态和展开状态,所述文档显示区能够在所述收起状态和所述展开状态之间切换。
本公开【示例11】提供结合【示例10】的方法,在所述文档显示区处于展开状态时,显示所述第一在线文档的内容;或者,
在所述文档显示区处于收起状态时,隐藏所述第一在线文档的内容,并显示所述第一在线文档的缩略信息。
本公开【示例12】提供结合【示例10】的方法,所述文档显示区具有关联的显示控制标识,在所述文档显示区处于所述收起状态时,所述显示控制标识用于被触发后展开所述文档显示区;在所述文档显示区处于所述展开状态时,所述显示控制标识用于被触发后收起所述文档显示区。
本公开【示例13】提供结合【示例12】的方法,所述显示控制标识固定在显示界面的目标位置;和/或,
在所述显示控制标识被触发后,将显示界面定位至所述文档显示区。
本公开【示例14】提供结合【示例6】的方法,预先设置有文档显示区的尺寸范围;
所述方法包括:根据调节所述文档显示区的操作确定目标尺寸,根据所述目标尺寸调节所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;
若所述目标尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则将文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最大值;或者,
若所述目标尺寸小于所述尺寸范围的最小值,则将所述文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最小值。
本公开【示例15】提供结合【示例4】的方法,所述文档显示区的显示尺寸通过如下方式确定:
根据所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据的数据量确定参考尺寸;
若所述参考尺寸位于预先设置的尺寸范围内,则根据所述参考尺寸设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;
若所述参考尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则根据所述尺寸范围的最大值设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸。
本公开【示例16】提供结合【示例3】的方法,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括以下的至少一项:
(a)响应于建立所述关联关系,或者,利用所述第一应用程序对第一在线文档进行处理,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序;
(b)在对第一在线文档进行第一处理之后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;
(c)在将所述第一在线文档与文档存储中心的归档地址相关联后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给预设人员。
本公开【示例17】提供结合【示例3】的方法,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:
根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息。
本公开【示例18】提供结合【示例17】的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
响应于对当前业务节点的第一处理,修改所述第一在线文档的所有者;
响应于对当前业务节点的第二处理,收回预设处理节点的关联人员的预设文档权限;
响应于对当前业务节点的第三处理,基于第一人员对第一在线文档的权限为第二人员赋予相应的对第一在线文档的权限,并且保留所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者收回所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者变更所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限,所述第一人员包括与所述当前业务节点关联的人员,所述第二人员包括与所述第三处理关联的人员;
响应于对当前业务节点的第四处理,对与第四处理关联的人员赋予预设文档权限。
本公开【示例19】提供结合【示例17】的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予所述创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;或者,响应于业务节点的关联人员驳回第一应用程序的业务数据处理请求,收回业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为所述另一人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员增加了业务节点,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为增加的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
响应于业务节点被移除,收回或变更被移除的业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员将处理流程回退到所述业务节点之前的业务节点,为所述之前的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
响应于第一应用程序的业务数据被抄送或分享给第三人员,为所述第三人员赋予第一在线文档的预设权限。
本公开【示例20】提供结合【示例17】的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,收回所述处理请求相关联业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,重置所述第一在线文档的权限,或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员驳回第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,将第一在线文档的所有权赋予所述创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为所述另一人员赋予相应的文档权限,被赋予所述另一人员的文档权限为所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限、或被赋予所述另一人员的文档权限为所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的子集;或者,
响应于业务节点的关联人员增加了业务节点,保留、或变更所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
响应于第一应用程序的业务数据被抄送或分享给第三人员,为所述第三人员赋予第一在线文档的预设权限,所述预设权限为阅读权限。
本公开【示例21】提供结合【示例1】的方法,在对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理的过程中,当前业务节点中对第一在线文档具有编辑权限的关联人员能够对所述第一在线文档进行编辑,非当前业务节点的关联人员或不具有第一在线文档的编辑权限的关联人员不能对所述第一在线文档进行编辑。
本公开【示例22】提供结合【示例3】的方法,所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的有效期与所述业务节点的持续时间相关,在所述业务节点的处理期间之内,所述业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对所述第一在线文档的权限有效,在所述业务节点处理期间之外,所述业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对所述第一在线文档的权限无效或者变更为其他权限。
本公开【示例22】提供结合【示例3】的方法,通过如下方式中的至少一种为所述业务节点的关联人员赋予对所述第一在线文档的权限:
将所述业务节点的关联人员添加为所述第一在线文档的协作者,并赋予预先设定的权限;或者,
开启所述第一在线文档的链接分享功能,所述链接分享功能用于指示获得所述第一在线文档的分享链接的用户具有预设权限,获得所述分享链接的用户基于所述链接分享的访问限制条件访问所述第一在线文档。
本公开【示例24】提供结合【示例23】的方法,获得所述分享链接的用户基于所述链接分享的访问限制条件访问所述第一在线文档,包括:
若获得所述分享链接的用户的属性满足预设条件,则获得所述分享链接的用户能够访问所述第一在线文档。
本公开【示例25】提供结合【示例1】的方法,根据第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理后,收回所述业务节点的关联人员对所述第一在线文档的权限。
本公开【示例26】提供结合【示例3】的方法,所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据包括处理摘要信息,所述处理摘要信息用于表征所述业务处理的相关信息。
本公开【示例27】提供结合【示例26】的方法,所述处理摘要信息所表征的所述业务处理的相关信息包括以下至少一项:处理节点或第一应用程序的链接、处理进度信息、处理时间信息、处理人员信息、第一在线文档的文档变更记录信息。
本公开【示例28】提供结合【示例26】的方法,根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据进行处理,包括:
根据第一应用程序业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述处理摘要信息;
在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息或处理摘要信息的链接;或者,
在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息中当前业务节点的关联人员具有查看权限的部分;或者,
在所述第一在线文档内显示第二文档或第二文档的链接,所述第二文档用于记录所述处理摘要信息;或者,
在对第一在线文档进行的第一处理结束后,将处理摘要信息显示在所述第一在线文档中。
本公开【示例29】提供结合【示例1】的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,包括:
响应于建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否为所述第一在线文档的所有者;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息;
或者,
响应于建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否具有所述第一在线文档的所有者赋予的授权;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息。
本公开【示例30】提供结合【示例29】的方法,所述提示信息中显示有如下的至少一个:所述第一在线文档的所有者的通信方式、所述第一在线文档的所有者的名片、用于被触发后联系所述第一在线文档的所有者的控件、向所有人申请转移所有权的入口、向所有人申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口。
本公开【示例31】提供结合【示例29】的方法,还包括:
响应于所述申请转移所有权的入口被触发、或所述申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口被触发,向所述所有者发送通知消息,所述通知消息包括以下至少一项:所述第一应用程序的信息、所述第一在线文档的信息、所述创建人的备注信息。
本公开【示例32】提供结合【示例1】的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,包括:在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加所述第一在线文档或预先配置所述第一应用程序与所述第一在线文档的关联关系。
本公开【示例33】提供结合【示例1】的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,还包括:
确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据模板所关联的第一归档地址,其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的归档地址,第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为基于所述业务数据模板建立的业务数据所关联的在线文档;在达到预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第一归档地址相关联;
和/或,
响应于在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加第一在线文档的操作,显示文档存储中心的归档地址选择页面,根据选中的第二归档地址,在到达预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第二归档地址关联。
本公开【示例34】提供结合【示例33】的方法,所述预设时机包括:到达或完成第一应用程序的预设业务节点。
本公开【示例35】提供结合【示例1】的方法,确定第一应用程序之前,还包括:响应于创建操作,设置所述第一应用程序的业务节点以及所述业务节点的关联人员的文档权限。
本公开【示例36】提供结合【示例35】的方法,根据所述业务节点的职能、所述关联的人员的角色、所述第一在线文档的类型和所述第一应用程序的类型中的至少一项,设置所述业务节点的关联人员的文档权限。
本公开【示例37】提供结合【示例33】的方法,确定第一应用程序之前,还包括:创建业务数据模板,在所述业务数据模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;所述第一应用程序全部或部分的业务数据基于所述业务数据模板建立。
本公开【示例38】提供结合【示例1】的方法,基于所述第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,其中,所述业务节点相关的信息包括以下至少一项:业务节点、业务节点的关联人员信息、业务节点关联的业务数据。
本公开【示例39】提供结合【示例1】的方法,若存在与所述第一应用程序的两个以上业务节点相关联的第一人员;
在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的尚未开始的第二业务节点开始前,若第一在线文档的内容发生了变更,则所述第一人员仍需在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理;或者,
在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的第二业务节点开始前,若所述第一在线文档的内容未变更,则无需所述第一人员在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理。
本公开【示例40】提供结合【示例39】的方法,基于所述第一在线文档的版本号确定所述第一在线文档的内容是否发生了变更,若所述第一在线文档的版本号发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容发生了变更;或者,若所述第一在线文档的版本号未发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容未发生变更。
本公开【示例41】提供结合【示例1】的方法,所述第一应用程序与第一业务逻辑关联,所述第一应用程序根据所述第一业务逻辑对所述第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理,对所述第一在线文档进行的第一处理与所述第一业务逻辑相关。
本公开【示例42】提供结合【示例1】的方法,第一应用程序包括独立的应用程序、嵌入或基于其他程序的子程序、或者小程序。
本公开【示例43】提供结合【示例1】的方法,还包括:在所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的人员的目标通信软件中,显示所述第一应用程序的业务数据,所述业务数据与所述第一在线文档相关联。
本公开【示例44】提供结合【示例43】的方法,所述业务节点关联的人员包括:不具有所述第一应用程序的目标权限的目标人员;
所述方法包括:响应于所述目标人员对所述目标通信软件所显示的第一在线文档的操作,对所述业务数据进行处理。
本公开【示例45】提供结合【示例1】的方法,所述第一应用程序包括审批程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的审批节点和/或审批节点关联的人员;或者,
所述第一应用程序包括汇报程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的汇报节点和/或汇报节点关联的人员;或者,
所述第一应用程序包括项目管理程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的项目处理节点和/或项目处理节点关联的人员。
本公开【示例46】提供一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法,包括:
响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
本公开【示例47】提供结合【示例46】的方法,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理包括:
所述第二操作是基于所述第一在线文档做出的,所述第一在线文档的内容和/或权限信息与所述待处理的业务数据所关联的业务节点和/或所述业务节点的关联人员相关。
本公开【示例48】提供一种基于在线文档的数据处理方法,包括:
响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,其中,所述业务数据模板中具有用于关联在线文档的控件;
其中,所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
本公开【示例49】提供结合【示例48】的方法,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:
响应于权限设置事件,确定业务数据模板的业务处理节点的关联人员对所述在线文档的操作权限,对通过所述业务数据模板的控件添加的在线文档均应用所述操作权限。
本公开【示例50】提供结合【示例48】的方法,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:
响应于地址设置事件,确定所述业务数据模板关联的第一归档地址;
其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的地址,所述第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为通过所述控件所关联的在线文档。
本公开【示例51】提供一种信息处理装置,包括:
确定单元,用于确定第一应用程序;
创建单元,用于建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;
控制单元,用于根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理。
本公开【示例52】提供一种基于在线文档的业务处理装置,包括:
显示单元,用于响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
处理单元,用于响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
本公开【示例53】提供一种基于在线文档的数据处理装置,包括:
创建单元,用于响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板;
所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
本公开【示例54】提供了一种终端,包括:
至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器;
其中,所述至少一个存储器用于存储程序代码,所述至少一个处理器用于调用所述至少一个存储器所存储的程序代码执行【示例1】至【示例50】中任一项所述的方法。
本公开【示例54】提供了一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储程序代码,所述程序代码用于执行【示例1】至【示例50】中任一项所述的方法。
上述各个示例中的技术特征,在不存在矛盾的情况下,也可以有其他组合方式。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,包括:
响应于第一操作事件,创建第一处理事项,所述第一处理事项中具有第一在线文档;
响应于第二操作事件,触发所述第一处理事项的处理流程。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,响应于第一操作事件,创建第一处理事项之前,还包括:响应于流程创建操作,设置所述处理流程的业务处理节点以及所述业务处理节点的处理人的文档权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,响应于第一操作事件,创建第一处理事项之前,还包括:创建处理事项的事项模板,在所述事项模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;
所述第一处理事项基于所述事项模板所建立。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,还包括:
在所述处理流程的节点的处理人员的目标通信软件的控件中显示所述第一处理事项。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,在所述第一处理事项的显示界面中具有用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区域,所述文档显示区域,所述文档显示区的尺寸和/或位置可调节。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,所述第一处理事项的创建人是所述第一在线文档的所有者,在触发所述第一处理事项的处理流程后,所述第一在线文档的所有权从所述第一处理事项的创建人转移至第一应用程序;在所述第一处理事项的处理流程结束后,所述第一在线文档的所有权被归还至所述第一处理事项的创建人。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,在所述处理流程的执行过程中,所述第一在线文档的编辑权限仅开放所述处理流程的当前业务处理节点中具有编辑权限的处理人;
在所述处理流程结束后,收回分配给所述业务处理节点的处理人的所述文档权限。根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,所述信息处理方法包括:接收第一文档,以用于处理流程,其中,在接收所述第一文档之前,所述第一文档的作者对所述第一文档享有第一权限;在接收所述第一文档之后,将所述作者对所述第一文档享有的权限更改为第二权限,所述第二权限与所述第一权限不同。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述第一权限为可读权限和编辑权限,所述第二权限为可读权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,在接收所述第一文档之后,所述处理流程的节点中的处理人对所述第一文档享有预设权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述第一文档未通过所述处理流程或退回给所述处理流程的发起人时,将所述作者对所述第一文档享有的权限由所述第二权限更改为所述第一权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述处理流程的节点中的第一处理人将处理任务转交给另一人时,所述另一人对所述第一文档享有的权限与所述第一处理人在所述转交之前对所述第一文档享有的权限相同。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述处理流程的节点中的第一处理人添加任务节点给另一人时,所述另一人和所述第一处理人对所述第一文档享有的权限相同。根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述处理流程的节点中的第一处理人对应的任务节点被删除时,收回所述第一处理人对所述第一文档的权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述处理流程由当前节点进行到下一节点时,所述当前节点的第一处理人对所述第一文档的权限由所述第一权限更改为所述第二权限,所述下一节点的第二处理人对所述第一文档的权限由所述第二权限更改为所述第一权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,当所述处理流程由当前节点退回到上一节点时,所述上一节点的第一处理人对所述第一文档的权限由所述第二权限更改为所述第一权限,所述当前节点的第二处理人对所述第一文档的权限由所述第一权限更改为所述第二权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,还包括:在所述第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且所述评论内容中未将所述评论内容与任一人员相关联时,向所述处理流程的发起人和处理人发送通知消息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,还包括:在所述第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,并且所述评论内容中将所述评论内容与所述处理流程的处理人相关联时,向所述处理流程的发起人和与所述评论内容相关联的所述处理人发送通知消息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,还包括:在所述第一文档的评论区接收到评论内容,所述评论内容中将所述评论内容与特定人员相关联,并且所述特定人员对所述第一文档不享有权限时,发出提醒消息,提醒是否对所述特定人员开通所述第一文档的可读权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,在确定对所述特定人员开通所述第一文档的可读权限时,向所述特定人员发送通知消息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,所述信息处理装置包括:文档接收模块,配置为接收第一文档,以用于处理流程,其中,在接收所述第一文档之前,所述第一文档的作者对所述第一文档享有第一权限;权限更改模块,配置为在接收所述第一文档之后,将所述作者对所述第一文档享有的权限更改为第二权限,所述第二权限与所述第一权限不同。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,其特征在于,包括:在关于第一文件的处理请求所对应的预设处理节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定第一文件的目标保存地址,以使所述第一文件在所述处理请求被处理完成后,被保存至所述目标保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,包括:
在预设的节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址;发送所述关于所述第一文件的处理请求,以使所述处理请求被处理;
其中,所述目标保存地址为所述处理请求被处理后,所述第一文件的保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述处理请求包括所述目标保存地址的地址信息。根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,若所述第一文件为文档,所述信息处理方法还包括:在所述处理请求被处理后,在所述文档内的预设位置处显示与所述处理请求对应的处理信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述处理信息包括链接信息,所述链接信息被配置为能够响应于用户的操作显示处理详情信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述处理详情信息包括以下至少一种信息:处理节点信息、处理人员信息、处理意见信息、处理时间信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述信息处理方法还包括:预先存储文件保存目录;所述响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址,包括:响应于用户对所述文件保存目录的操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理方法,其特征在于,包括:确定单元,用于在关于第一文件的处理请求所对应的任一节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定第一文件的目标保存地址,以使所述第一文件在所述处理请求被处理完成后,被保存至所述目标保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种信息处理装置,包括:
保存地址确定单元,用于在预设的节点之前,响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址;请求发送单元,用于发送所述关于所述第一文件的处理请求,以使所述处理请求被处理;其中,所述目标保存地址为所述处理请求被处理后,所述第一文件的保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,若所述第一文件为文档,所述信息处理装置还包括:处理信息显示单元,用于在所述处理请求被处理后,在所述文档内的预设位置处显示与所述处理请求对应的处理信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,所述信息处理装置还包括:目录存储单元,用于预先存储文件保存目录;所述响应于用户操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址,包括:响应于用户对所述文件保存目录的操作,确定所述第一文件的目标保存地址。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种电子设备,包括:
至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器;
其中,所述存储器用于存储程序代码,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器所存储的程序代码以使所述电子设备执行根据本公开的一个或多个实施例提供信息处理的方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例,提供了一种非暂态计算机存储介质,所述非暂态计算机存储介质存储有程序代码,所述程序代码被计算机设备执行时,使得所述计算机设备执行根据本公开的一个或多个实施例提供信息处理的方法。
以上描述仅为本公开的较佳实施例以及对所运用技术原理的说明。本领域技术人员应当理解,本公开中所涉及的公开范围,并不限于上述技术特征的特定组合而成的技术方案,同时也应涵盖在不脱离上述公开构思的情况下,由上述技术特征或其等同特征进行任意组合而形成的其它技术方案。例如上述特征与本公开中公开的(但不限于)具有类似功能的技术特征进行互相替换而形成的技术方案。
此外,虽然采用特定次序描绘了各操作,但是这不应当理解为要求这些操作以所示出的特定次序或以顺序次序执行来执行。在一定环境下,多任务和并行处理可能是有利的。同样地,虽然在上面论述中包含了若干具体实现细节,但是这些不应当被解释为对本公开的范围的限制。在单独的实施例的上下文中描述的某些特征还可以组合地实现在单个实施例中。相反地,在单个实施例的上下文中描述的各种特征也可以单独地或以任何合适的子组合的方式实现在多个实施例中。
尽管已经采用特定于结构特征和/或方法逻辑动作的语言描述了本主题,但是应当理解所附权利要求书中所限定的主题未必局限于上面描述的特定特征或动作。相反,上面所描述的特定特征和动作仅仅是实现权利要求书的示例形式。

Claims (55)

  1. 一种信息处理方法,包括:
    确定第一应用程序;
    建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;
    根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,包括:
    根据第一应用程序的标识、类型、业务节点相关的信息对第一在线文档进行第一处理。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,包括以下至少一项:
    根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点,对第一在线文档的显示信息、权限信息、承载的内容数据中的至少一项进行处理;
    根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的人员信息,对第一在线文档针对该人员的可显示内容、显示格式、权限信息中的至少一项进行处理;
    根据所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的第一应用程序数据,生成所述第一在线文档、或者对所述第一在线文档中承载的内容数据进行处理。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,包括:
    在建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系后,在所述第一应用程序的显示界面中展示用于显示所述第一在线文档的文档显示区。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述文档显示区能够呈现所述第一在线文档的内容,且能够根据操作浏览所述第一在线文档的内容。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,
    所述文档显示区在所述显示界面中的显示尺寸和/或显示位置可调节。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,
    所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率不高于第一预设频率;或者,
    若所述文档显示区的尺寸调节频率超过第二预设频率,不刷新显示界面。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,还包括:
    在所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度大于预设长度时,响应于第一预设操作,根据所述第一预设操作调节所述文档显示区在第一方向上的长度。
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,还包括:响应于控制标识移动到所述文档显示区的第一边或第二边,改变所述控制标识的样式,在所述控制标识的样式改变后能够改变所述第一边或所述第二边的位置从而改变文档显示区的尺寸。
  10. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,
    所述文档显示区具有收起状态和展开状态,所述文档显示区能够在所述收起状态和所述展开状态之间切换。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,
    在所述文档显示区处于展开状态时,显示所述第一在线文档的内容;或者,
    在所述文档显示区处于收起状态时,隐藏所述第一在线文档的内容,并显示所述第一在线文档的缩略信息。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,所述文档显示区具有关联的显示控制标识,在所述文档显示区处于所述收起状态时,所述显示控制标识用于被触发后展开所述文档显示区;在所述文档显示区处于所述展开状态时,所述显示控制标识用于被触发后收起所述文档显示区。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,
    所述显示控制标识固定在显示界面的目标位置;和/或,
    在所述显示控制标识被触发后,将显示界面定位至所述文档显示区。
  14. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,
    预先设置有文档显示区的尺寸范围;
    所述方法包括:根据调节所述文档显示区的操作确定目标尺寸,根据所述目标尺寸调节所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;
    若所述目标尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则将文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最大值;或者,
    若所述目标尺寸小于所述尺寸范围的最小值,则将所述文档显示区的尺寸设置为所述尺寸范围的最小值。
  15. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,所述文档显示区的显示尺寸通过如下方式确定:
    根据所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据的数据量确定参考尺寸;
    若所述参考尺寸位于预先设置的尺寸范围内,则根据所述参考尺寸设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸;
    若所述参考尺寸大于所述尺寸范围的最大值,则根据所述尺寸范围的最大值设置所述文档显示区的显示尺寸。
  16. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括以下的至少一项:
    (a)响应于建立所述关联关系,或者,利用所述第一应用程序对第一在线文档进行处理,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序;
    (b)在对第一在线文档进行第一处理之后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;
    (c)在将所述第一在线文档与文档存储中心的归档地址相关联后,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予给预设人员。
  17. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,对所述第一在线文档的权限信息进行处理,包括:
    根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
    响应于对当前业务节点的第一处理,修改所述第一在线文档的所有者;
    响应于对当前业务节点的第二处理,收回预设处理节点的关联人员的预设文档权限;
    响应于对当前业务节点的第三处理,基于第一人员对第一在线文档的权限为第二人员赋予相应的对第一在线文档的权限,并且保留所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者收回所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限、或者变更所述第一人员对所述第一在线文档的权限,所述第一人员包括与所述当前业务节点关联的人员,所述第二人员包括与所述第三处理关联的人员;
    响应于对当前业务节点的第四处理,对与第四处理关联的人员赋予预设文档权限。
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
    响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,将所述第一在线文档的所有权赋予所述创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;或者,响应于业务节点的关联人员驳回第一应用程序的业务数据处理请求,收回业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为所述另一人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员增加了业务节点,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权 限为增加的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
    响应于业务节点被移除,收回或变更被移除的业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员将处理流程回退到所述业务节点之前的业务节点,为所述之前的业务节点的关联人员赋予相应的文档权限;或者,
    响应于第一应用程序的业务数据被抄送或分享给第三人员,为所述第三人员赋予第一在线文档的预设权限。
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,根据业务节点和/或业务节点的关联人员的操作的操作类型,调整与所述第一在线文档相关的权限信息,包括以下的至少一项:
    响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了所述第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,收回所述处理请求相关联业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
    响应于所述业务数据的创建人撤销了第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,重置所述第一在线文档的权限,或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员驳回第一应用程序的业务数据的处理请求,将第一在线文档的所有权赋予所述创建人、或者在将所述第一在线文档与所述第一应用程序建立关联关系之前所述第一在线文档的所有人;或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员将第一应用程序的业务数据转交给另一人员,基于所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限为所述另一人员赋予相应的文档权限,被赋予所述另一人员的文档权限为所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限、或被赋予所述另一人员的文档权限为所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的子集;或者,
    响应于业务节点的关联人员增加了业务节点,保留、或变更所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限;或者,
    响应于第一应用程序的业务数据被抄送或分享给第三人员,为所述第三人员赋予第一在线文档的预设权限,所述预设权限为阅读权限。
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,
    在对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理的过程中,当前业务节点中对第一在线文档具有编辑权限的关联人员能够对所述第一在线文档进行编辑,非当前业务节点的关联人员或不具有第一在线文档的编辑权限的关联人员不能对所述第一在线文档进行编辑。
  22. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,
    所述业务节点的关联人员对第一在线文档的权限的有效期与所述业务节点的持续时间相关,在所述业务节点的处理期间之内,所述业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对所述第一在线文档的权限有效,在所述业务节点处理期间之外,所述业务节点的关联人员被赋予的对所述第一在线文档的权限无效或者变更为其他权限。
  23. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,通过如下方式中的至少一种为所述业务节点的关联人员赋予对所述第一在线文档的权限:
    将所述业务节点的关联人员添加为所述第一在线文档的协作者,并赋予预先设定的权限;或者,
    开启所述第一在线文档的链接分享功能,所述链接分享功能用于指示获得所述第一在线文档的分享链接的用户具有预设权限,获得所述分享链接的用户基于所述链接分享的访问限制条件访问所述第一在线文档。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,获得所述分享链接的用户基于所述链接分享的访问限制条件访问所述第一在线文档,包括:
    若获得所述分享链接的用户的属性满足预设条件,则获得所述分享链接的用户能够访问所述第一在线文档。
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,
    根据第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息,对第一在线文档进行第一处理后,收回所述业务节点的关联人员对所述第一在线文档的权限。
  26. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,
    所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据包括处理摘要信息,所述处理摘要信息用于表征所述业务处理的相关信息。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,所述处理摘要信息所表征的所述业务处理的相关信息包括以下至少一项:处理节点或第一应用程序的链接、处理进度信息、处理时间信息、处理人员信息、第一在线文档的文档变更记录信息。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,根据第一应用程序的业务节点,对所述第一在线文档承载的内容数据进行处理,包括:
    根据第一应用程序业务节点的关联人员对所述业务数据的处理操作,更新所述处理摘要信息;
    在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息或处理摘要信息的链接;或者,
    在所述第一在线文档内显示所述处理摘要信息中当前业务节点的关联人员具有查看权限的部分;或者,
    在所述第一在线文档内显示第二文档或第二文档的链接,所述第二文档用于记录所述处理摘要信息;或者,
    在对第一在线文档进行的第一处理结束后,将处理摘要信息显示在所述第一在线文档中。
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,包括:
    响应于建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否为所述第一在线文档的所有者;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息;
    或者,
    响应于建立所述关联关系的操作,确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据的创建人是否具有所述第一在线文档的所有者赋予的授权;若是,则建立所述关联关系;若否,则显示提示信息。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,
    所述提示信息中显示有如下的至少一个:所述第一在线文档的所有者的通信方式、所述第一在线文档的所有者的名片、用于被触发后联系所述第一在线文档的所有者的控件、向所有人申请转移所有权的入口、向所有人申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,还包括:
    响应于所述申请转移所有权的入口被触发、或所述申请将第一在线文档与第一应用程序关联的申请入口被触发,向所述所有者发送通知消息,所述通知消息包括以下至少一项:所述第一应用程序的信息、所述第一在线文档的信息、所述创建人的备注信息。
  32. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,包括:在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加所述第一在线文档或预先配置所述第一应用程序与所述第一在线文档的关联关系。
  33. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系,还包括:
    确定所述第一应用程序的业务数据模板所关联的第一归档地址,其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的归档地址,第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为基于所述业务数据模板建立的业务数据所关联的在线文档;在达到预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第一归档地址相关联;
    和/或,
    响应于在第一应用程序的显示界面中添加第一在线文档的操作,显示文档存储中心的归档地址选择页面,根据选中的第二归档地址,在到达预设时机时,将所述第一在线文档与所述第二归档地址关联。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,所述预设时机包括:到达或完成第一应用程序的预设业务节点。
  35. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,确定第一应用程序之前,还包括:响应于创建操作,设置所述第一应用程序的业务节点以及所述业务节点的关联人员的文档权限。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,
    根据所述业务节点的职能、所述关联的人员的角色、所述第一在线文档的类型和所述第一应用程序的类型中的至少一项,设置所述业务节点的关联人员的文档权限。
  37. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,确定第一应用程序之前,还包括:创建业务数据模板,在所述业务数据模板中具有用于添加在线文档的控件;所述第一应用程序全部或部分的业务数据基于所述业务数据模板建立。
  38. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,基于所述第一应用程序的业务节点相关的信息对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理,其中,所述业务节点相关的信息包括以下至少一项:业务节点、业务节点的关联人员信息、业务节点关联的业务数据。
  39. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,
    若存在与所述第一应用程序的两个以上业务节点相关联的第一人员;
    在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的尚未开始的第二业务节点开始前,若第一在线文档的内容发生了变更,则所述第一人员仍需在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理;或者,
    在所述第一人员在关联的第一业务节点处理了所述第一在线文档后,在所述第一人员关联的第二业务节点开始前,若所述第一在线文档的内容未变更,则无需所述第一人员在所述第二业务节点对所述第一在线文档进行处理。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,
    基于所述第一在线文档的版本号确定所述第一在线文档的内容是否发生了变更,若所述第一在线文档的版本号发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容发生了变更;或者,若所述第一在线文档的版本号未发生变化,则确定所述第一在线文档的内容未发生变更。
  41. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,
    所述第一应用程序与第一业务逻辑关联,所述第一应用程序根据所述第一业务逻辑对所述第一应用程序的业务数据进行处理,对所述第一在线文档进行的第一处理与所述第一业务逻辑相关。
  42. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,第一应用程序包括独立的应用程序、嵌入或基于其他程序的子程序、或者小程序。
  43. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:在所述第一应用程序的业务节点关联的人员的目标通信软件中,显示所述第一应用程序的业务数据,所述业务数据与所述第一在线文档相关联。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,
    所述业务节点关联的人员包括:不具有所述第一应用程序的目标权限的目标人员;
    所述方法包括:响应于所述目标人员对所述目标通信软件所显示的第一在线文档的操作,对所述业务数据进行处理。
  45. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,
    所述第一应用程序包括审批程序,业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的审批节点和/或审批节点关联的人员;或者,
    所述第一应用程序包括汇报程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的汇报节点和/或汇报节点关联的人员;或者,
    所述第一应用程序包括项目管理程序,所述业务节点相关的信息包括一个以上的项目处理节点和/或项目处理节点关联的人员。
  46. 一种基于在线文档的业务处理方法,包括:
    响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
    响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理包括:
    所述第二操作是基于所述第一在线文档做出的,所述第一在线文档的内容和/或权限信息与所述待处理的业务数据所关联的业务节点和/或所述业务节点的关联人员相关。
  48. 一种基于在线文档的数据处理方法,包括:
    响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,其中,所述业务数据模板中具有用于关联在线文档的控件;
    其中,所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:
    响应于权限设置事件,确定业务数据模板的业务处理节点的关联人员对所述在线文档的操作权限,对通过所述业务数据模板的控件添加的在线文档均应用所述操作权限。
  50. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板,包括:
    响应于地址设置事件,确定所述业务数据模板关联的第一归档地址;
    其中,所述第一归档地址为文档存储中心的地址,所述第一归档地址用于与目标在线文档相关联,所述目标在线文档为通过所述控件所关联的在线文档。
  51. 一种信息处理装置,包括:
    确定单元,用于确定第一应用程序;
    创建单元,用于建立所述第一应用程序与第一在线文档的关联关系;
    控制单元,用于根据第一应用程序的相关信息,对所述第一在线文档进行第一处理。
  52. 一种基于在线文档的业务处理装置,包括:
    显示单元,用于响应于第一操作,显示待处理的业务数据,其中,所述待处理的业务数据与第一在线文档具有关联关系;
    处理单元,用于响应于第二操作,根据所述第一在线文档对所述待处理的业务数据进行处理。
  53. 一种基于在线文档的数据处理装置,包括:
    创建单元,用于响应于第一创建事件,创建业务数据模板;
    所述业务数据模板用于生成业务处理表单或业务处理流程,在生成的业务处理表单或业务处理流程中,具有用于关联在线文档的控件。
  54. 一种终端,包括:
    至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器;
    其中,所述至少一个存储器用于存储程序代码,所述至少一个处理器用于调用所述至少一个存储器所存储的程序代码执行权利要求1至50中任一项所述的方法。
  55. 一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储程序代码,所述程序代码用于执行权利要求1至50中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/113097 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质 WO2023020550A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22857861.3A EP4345718A4 (en) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 SERVICE PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE BASED ON AN ONLINE DOCUMENT AS WELL AS TERMINAL DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM
JP2023580867A JP2024528544A (ja) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 オンラインドキュメントに基づくサービス処理方法、装置、端末および記憶媒体
US18/397,951 US20240126901A1 (en) 2021-08-18 2023-12-27 Method, apparatus, terminal and storage medium for service processing based on online document

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110950234 2021-08-18
CN202110950234.2 2021-08-18
CN202111046163.XA CN115713296A (zh) 2021-08-18 2021-09-07 基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质
CN202111046163.X 2021-09-07

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/397,951 Continuation US20240126901A1 (en) 2021-08-18 2023-12-27 Method, apparatus, terminal and storage medium for service processing based on online document

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023020550A1 true WO2023020550A1 (zh) 2023-02-23

Family

ID=85230418

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/113092 WO2023020547A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113091 WO2023020546A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113095 WO2023020549A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113093 WO2023020548A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 应用程序的数据处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113097 WO2023020550A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 基于在线文档的业务处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/113092 WO2023020547A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113091 WO2023020546A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113095 WO2023020549A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 信息处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质
PCT/CN2022/113093 WO2023020548A1 (zh) 2021-08-18 2022-08-17 应用程序的数据处理方法、装置、终端和存储介质

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (5) US20240127183A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4345718A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2024528544A (zh)
CN (5) CN115713296A (zh)
WO (5) WO2023020547A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11836999B1 (en) * 2014-09-23 2023-12-05 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Augmented reality confidential view

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090006949A1 (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Information processing apparatus and information processing method
CN103218121A (zh) * 2013-04-19 2013-07-24 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 移动终端及其控制方法
CN103246595A (zh) * 2013-04-08 2013-08-14 北京小米科技有限责任公司 应用程序管理方法、装置、服务器及终端设备
CN104571804A (zh) * 2013-10-29 2015-04-29 国际商业机器公司 一种对跨应用程序的文档界面进行关联的方法和系统
CN110413971A (zh) * 2019-07-18 2019-11-05 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 在线文档的信息处理方法、装置、终端及服务器
CN112632942A (zh) * 2020-08-19 2021-04-09 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 一种文档处理方法、装置、设备及介质

Family Cites Families (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6370552B1 (en) * 1997-05-14 2002-04-09 Citrix Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for displaying application output in an HTML document
US5890163A (en) * 1996-09-26 1999-03-30 Compaq Computer Corp Sharing an electronic mail message with a party not named as a recipient of the message
US6389437B2 (en) * 1998-01-07 2002-05-14 Ion Systems, Inc. System for converting scrolling display to non-scrolling columnar display
US6070177A (en) * 1998-03-06 2000-05-30 Vita Systems, Inc. Database forms with attached audit history
US6678705B1 (en) * 1998-11-16 2004-01-13 At&T Corp. System for archiving electronic documents using messaging groupware
US20010034843A1 (en) * 2000-01-15 2001-10-25 Daniel Hess Method of transferring information over a computer network
US7065493B1 (en) * 2000-04-06 2006-06-20 International Business Machines Corporation Workflow system and method
US20030028404A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2003-02-06 Robert Herron System and method for processing insurance claims
US7096223B2 (en) * 2001-09-20 2006-08-22 Wellogix Inc. Process and system for managing and reconciling field documentation data within a complex project workflow system
US20030061266A1 (en) * 2001-09-27 2003-03-27 Norman Ken Ouchi Project workflow system
US7062537B2 (en) * 2002-11-25 2006-06-13 Microsoft Corporation Workflow services architecture
AU2003204440B2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2009-01-08 Civica Pty Ltd Document management method and software product
US7930757B2 (en) * 2003-10-31 2011-04-19 Adobe Systems Incorporated Offline access in a document control system
US20060010025A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-12 Sap Aktiengesellschaft E-mail notification support for workflows
US20060069605A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-03-30 Microsoft Corporation Workflow association in a collaborative application
US20060074714A1 (en) * 2004-10-01 2006-04-06 Microsoft Corporation Workflow tracking based on profiles
US20060149725A1 (en) * 2005-01-03 2006-07-06 Ritter Gerd M Managing electronic documents
JP2009503736A (ja) * 2005-08-05 2009-01-29 リーマン・ブラザーズ・インコーポレーテッド 電子文書のワークフロー管理のための方法及びシステム
US7895166B2 (en) * 2006-01-18 2011-02-22 Echosign, Inc. Automatic document exchange with archiving capability
CN101004804A (zh) * 2006-01-21 2007-07-25 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 标准作业程序文件查询系统及方法
US20080046518A1 (en) * 2006-08-16 2008-02-21 James I Tonnison Enhanced E-Mail System
US7933952B2 (en) * 2007-06-29 2011-04-26 Microsoft Corporation Collaborative document authoring
US8826375B2 (en) * 2008-04-14 2014-09-02 Lookwithus.Com Inc. Rich media collaboration system
TW201109983A (en) * 2009-09-08 2011-03-16 2100 Technology Co Ltd Method of applying digital pen to electronic document online approval
US20110145037A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2011-06-16 Vertafore, Inc. Document management method and apparatus to process a workflow task by parallel or serially processing subtasks thereof
US20120060162A1 (en) * 2010-08-31 2012-03-08 Avanade Holdings, Llc Systems and methods for providing a senior leader approval process
FR2980288A1 (fr) * 2011-09-21 2013-03-22 Myriad Group Ag Procedes d'archivage de donnees d'annotation d'un document web et de restitution d'une representation d'un document web annote, programmes d'ordinateur et dispositifs electroniques associes
US8805741B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-08-12 Tata Consultancy Services Limited Classification-based digital rights management
US20150120577A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2015-04-30 Clique Intelligence Systems and methods for enterprise management using contextual graphs
US9692763B2 (en) * 2014-02-12 2017-06-27 International Business Machines Corporation Document event notifications based on document access control lists
US10404637B2 (en) * 2014-03-31 2019-09-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Electronic communication-based storage of documents to support multiple workflows
US10360197B2 (en) * 2014-10-22 2019-07-23 Accenture Global Services Limited Electronic document system
JP6217593B2 (ja) * 2014-10-31 2017-10-25 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 承認装置、承認システム、および承認プログラム
US10146950B2 (en) * 2015-09-10 2018-12-04 Airwatch Llc Systems for modular document editing
EP3166028B1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2020-03-25 Open Text SA ULC Archive center for content management
CN106202568A (zh) * 2016-08-05 2016-12-07 欧阳能良 一种医学实验室质量管理体系文件的控制系统及其规范化控制方法
CN108259311B (zh) * 2016-12-29 2021-02-23 杭州华为企业通信技术有限公司 一种实现远程授权的方法和装置
US11200071B2 (en) * 2017-02-27 2021-12-14 International Business Machines Corporation Cognitive scrollbar
CN107122171A (zh) * 2017-03-23 2017-09-01 北京邮电大学 自动生成业务流程中数据操作的方法及系统
CN107886306B (zh) * 2017-11-24 2021-01-29 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 文件审批方法、介质、装置和计算设备
CN109299037A (zh) * 2018-08-16 2019-02-01 北京炎黄盈动科技发展有限责任公司 文件处理方法和装置
CN109510754B (zh) * 2018-10-12 2020-02-04 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 在线文档生成方法、装置、系统和电子设备
US11003630B2 (en) * 2018-12-30 2021-05-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Remote access of metadata for collaborative documents
CN110162758A (zh) * 2019-05-21 2019-08-23 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 在线文档插入信息方法及装置
CN110262965A (zh) * 2019-05-22 2019-09-20 深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司 一种应用程序的测试方法及设备
US11288398B2 (en) * 2019-06-03 2022-03-29 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Systems, methods, and devices for obfuscation of browser fingerprint data on the world wide web
CN110221904B (zh) * 2019-06-17 2023-08-04 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 一种业务流程控制方法
US11507295B2 (en) * 2019-08-30 2022-11-22 Microstrategy Incorporated Backup, restoration, and migration of computer systems
CN110752984B (zh) * 2019-10-24 2021-10-15 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 一种显示在线文档的方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质
CN112035861A (zh) * 2020-09-04 2020-12-04 中国工商银行股份有限公司 在线文档处理方法、装置和电子设备
CN112183045B (zh) * 2020-09-23 2024-07-26 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 在线文档处理方法、装置和电子设备
CN112114734B (zh) * 2020-09-28 2023-08-08 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 在线文档的显示方法、装置、终端及存储介质
CN112367403B (zh) * 2020-11-13 2023-08-22 深圳市前海手绘科技文化有限公司 一种动画草稿在线保存优化方法与装置
CN112506854B (zh) * 2020-11-24 2024-04-02 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 页面模板文件的存储和页面生成方法、装置、设备及介质
CN112685091A (zh) * 2020-12-16 2021-04-20 平安国际融资租赁有限公司 基于大数据的业务请求处理方法、装置、设备和介质
CN113191517A (zh) * 2021-05-07 2021-07-30 北京金融资产交易所有限公司 综合管理系统
CN114331331A (zh) * 2021-12-15 2022-04-12 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090006949A1 (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Information processing apparatus and information processing method
CN103246595A (zh) * 2013-04-08 2013-08-14 北京小米科技有限责任公司 应用程序管理方法、装置、服务器及终端设备
CN103218121A (zh) * 2013-04-19 2013-07-24 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 移动终端及其控制方法
CN104571804A (zh) * 2013-10-29 2015-04-29 国际商业机器公司 一种对跨应用程序的文档界面进行关联的方法和系统
CN110413971A (zh) * 2019-07-18 2019-11-05 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 在线文档的信息处理方法、装置、终端及服务器
CN112632942A (zh) * 2020-08-19 2021-04-09 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 一种文档处理方法、装置、设备及介质

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4345718A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11836999B1 (en) * 2014-09-23 2023-12-05 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Augmented reality confidential view

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023020546A1 (zh) 2023-02-23
EP4345718A4 (en) 2024-09-11
JP2024528544A (ja) 2024-07-30
EP4345718A1 (en) 2024-04-03
CN115713297A (zh) 2023-02-24
US20240127182A1 (en) 2024-04-18
WO2023020547A1 (zh) 2023-02-23
CN115713295A (zh) 2023-02-24
CN115713296A (zh) 2023-02-24
WO2023020548A1 (zh) 2023-02-23
US20240126975A1 (en) 2024-04-18
CN115712597A (zh) 2023-02-24
US20240126724A1 (en) 2024-04-18
WO2023020549A1 (zh) 2023-02-23
CN115712361A (zh) 2023-02-24
US20240127183A1 (en) 2024-04-18
US20240126901A1 (en) 2024-04-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11467891B2 (en) Kernel event triggers for content item security
US10567484B2 (en) Identifying content items for inclusion in a shared collection
AU2017203690C1 (en) File-level commenting
WO2019096086A1 (zh) 共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置
JP6543724B2 (ja) カスタマイズ可能なファイルリクエストを介したファイル提出物を収集するための収集フォルダ
JP6543725B2 (ja) ファイル提出物を収集するための収集フォルダ
TW201214171A (en) Concurrent editing of online drawings
US10242215B2 (en) Content preview including sharable information
US20240126901A1 (en) Method, apparatus, terminal and storage medium for service processing based on online document
KR20170088672A (ko) 온라인을 기반으로한 그림 동시 편집 시스템

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22857861

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022857861

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023580867

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022857861

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20231227

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE